WO2021135734A1 - Method for transmitting file in application, and electronic device and system - Google Patents

Method for transmitting file in application, and electronic device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021135734A1
WO2021135734A1 PCT/CN2020/131219 CN2020131219W WO2021135734A1 WO 2021135734 A1 WO2021135734 A1 WO 2021135734A1 CN 2020131219 W CN2020131219 W CN 2020131219W WO 2021135734 A1 WO2021135734 A1 WO 2021135734A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
file
user
application
electronic device
user interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/131219
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
毕岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021135734A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021135734A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L51/00User-to-user messaging in packet-switching networks, transmitted according to store-and-forward or real-time protocols, e.g. e-mail
    • H04L51/07User-to-user messaging in packet-switching networks, transmitted according to store-and-forward or real-time protocols, e.g. e-mail characterised by the inclusion of specific contents
    • H04L51/10Multimedia information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/06Protocols specially adapted for file transfer, e.g. file transfer protocol [FTP]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/12Messaging; Mailboxes; Announcements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/02Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a Bluetooth interface
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/04Details of telephonic subscriber devices including near field communication means, e.g. RFID
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/06Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a wireless LAN interface

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of short-range communication and terminal technology, and in particular to methods, electronic devices and systems for transferring files in applications.
  • the electronic device when users share files through instant messaging applications, the electronic device first transmits the files to the server via the network (such as cellular network, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi), etc.), and then the server forwards the file to the peer equipment.
  • the network such as cellular network, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi), etc.
  • This method relies on the communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and the efficiency of file transfer will be affected when the network condition is poor.
  • the embodiments of the application provide a method, electronic device, and system for transferring files without traffic in an application, which can enable the electronic device to quickly and quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimize the user experience, and the file transfer process can be Do it without a network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for transferring files in an application, which is applied to a first device.
  • the method includes: a first device displays a first user interface, the first user interface includes: a first user and a second user's communication records in a first application, a first operation option; in response to the first operation For the first operation received on the option, the first device displays a second user interface.
  • the second user interface includes a first identifier and a second identifier, and the first identifier corresponds to the first identifier stored in the first device.
  • the second identifier corresponds to a second file stored in the first device; the first device receives a second operation on the first identifier, selects the first file; responds to sharing the first file In the third operation, the first device sends the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device; wherein, the first user logs in to the second device on the first device The first application, the second user logs in the first application on the second device.
  • the electronic device can quickly share files with other nearby devices in the application through Wi-Fi direct communication connections with other devices.
  • the method does not rely on the server, and can support users to share files regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and whether the communication connection is good.
  • This method can optimize user experience, save cellular data traffic consumed by electronic devices, and reduce server load.
  • the way of sharing files through Wi-Fi direct communication connection makes the size of the files that the electronic device can share is not limited, that is to say, the method can support the electronic device to share larger files to other surrounding devices. In this way, the process of using the application on the electronic device to share the file is intuitive, simple and fast for the user.
  • the first application may be an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and so on.
  • the first user interface may be an interface displayed when the electronic device runs the first application program.
  • the first file or the second file may include, but is not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on.
  • the first device can discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth. Using Bluetooth can ensure that the first device quickly discovers and determines the second device, and improves the efficiency of sharing files.
  • the first device may discover one or more devices through Bluetooth after displaying the first user interface, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices.
  • the first device may, in response to the first operation, discover one or more devices via Bluetooth, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices.
  • the first device may receive a Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by one or more devices, and the Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user identification, and a user corresponding to the user identification logs in the first application on the device.
  • the one or more devices are one or more devices discovered by the first device.
  • the first device may determine the device that sends the first identification among the one or more devices as the second device; the first identification is the user identification of the second user. In this way, the first device can determine the device used by the second user to log in to the first application among the discovered one or more devices.
  • the first device may perform a process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device before sending the first file to the second device.
  • the first device may perform the process of establishing a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device before performing the process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, and pass The established Bluetooth communication connection sends the service set identification SSID and password to the second device; the SSID and the password are used by the second device to perform the establishment of the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device process.
  • the first device can first establish a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device, and then establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device based on the Bluetooth communication connection, so that the Wi-Fi direct communication connection can be quickly established. Thereby improving the efficiency of sharing files.
  • the second user interface further includes a second operation option
  • the third operation includes: an operation received on the second operation option after the first file is selected.
  • the first device may display the second operation option on the second user interface after selecting the first file, so that the user may be prompted to share the first file and give the user a better user experience.
  • the first device may simultaneously display the second operation option on the second user interface while displaying the second user interface.
  • a third user interface may also be displayed.
  • the third user interface includes prompt information, and the prompt information is used to indicate the The transmission status of the first file.
  • the transmission status of the first file may include, but is not limited to: the first file is waiting to be received by the second device, the first file is being transferred to the second device, the first file is not successfully transferred to the second device, and the first file is being transferred to the second device. Successfully transmitted to the second device and so on. In this way, the user can intuitively learn the transmission status of the first file, and give the user a better experience.
  • the third user interface may further include a communication record of the first user and the second user in the first application.
  • the first device may send the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, and send the file to the second device.
  • the device sends a file sharing request; and in the case of receiving a sharing request response sent by the second device in response to the file sharing request, the first device is connected through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device
  • the file is sent to the second device. In this way, the first file can be sent to the second device with the consent of the second user, and the user experience can be guaranteed.
  • the file sharing request may be sent by the server.
  • the first device may send a file sharing request to the server, so that the server sends the file sharing request to the second device.
  • the server provides services for the first application. Sending the file sharing request through the server allows the server to learn and record the file transfer event between the first device and the second device.
  • the first device before the first device sends the first file to the second device, it may also detect a fourth operation for starting the first communication service and the second communication service; Fourth operation, the first device starts the first communication service and the second communication service.
  • the first communication service is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth
  • the second communication service is used by the first device to send the first file to the second device via the Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
  • the first communication service is a Bluetooth communication service
  • the second communication service is a WLAN communication service.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for transferring files in an application.
  • the difference between the method of the second aspect and the method of the first aspect is that in the method of the first aspect, the user first selects the application and then the file, while in the method of the second aspect, the user selects the file first and then the application.
  • the method of the second aspect is applied to a first device, and the method may include: the first device displays a fourth user interface, the fourth user interface includes a third identifier and a fourth identifier, the third identifier corresponds to the first device The third file stored in the third file, the fourth identifier corresponds to the fourth file stored in the first device; the fifth operation on the third identifier is received, and the third file is selected; in response to sharing the third file
  • the sixth operation is to display the options of one or more applications; the options of the one or more applications include the options of the first application; in response to the seventh operation received on the options of the first application, display A fifth user interface.
  • the fifth user interface includes: options for one or more contacts of the first user in the first application; the one or more contacts include the second user; The eighth operation received on the option of the second user, the first device sends the third file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device; wherein, the first user is in the The first application is logged in on the first device, and the second user is logged in to the first application on the second device.
  • the electronic device can quickly share files with other nearby devices in the application through Wi-Fi direct communication connections with other devices.
  • the method does not rely on the server, and can support users to share files regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and whether the communication connection is good.
  • This method can optimize user experience, save cellular data traffic consumed by electronic devices, and reduce server load.
  • the way of sharing files through Wi-Fi direct communication connection makes the size of the files that the electronic device can share is not limited, that is to say, the method can support the electronic device to share larger files to other surrounding devices. In this way, the process of using the application on the electronic device to share the file is intuitive, simple and fast for the user.
  • the third file or the fourth file may include, but is not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on.
  • the first device can discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth. Using Bluetooth can ensure that the first device quickly discovers and determines the second device, and improves the efficiency of sharing files.
  • the first device may discover one or more devices via Bluetooth, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices equipment.
  • the first device may, in response to the eighth operation, discover one or more devices via Bluetooth, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices.
  • the first device may receive a Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by one or more devices, and the Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user identification, and a user corresponding to the user identification logs in the first application on the device.
  • the one or more devices are one or more devices discovered by the first device.
  • the first device may determine the device that sends the first identification among the one or more devices as the second device; the first identification is the user identification of the second user. In this way, the first device can determine the device used by the second user to log in to the first application among the discovered one or more devices.
  • the first device may perform a process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device before sending the third file to the second device.
  • the first device may perform the process of establishing a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device before performing the process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, and pass The established Bluetooth communication connection sends the service set identification SSID and password to the second device; the SSID and the password are used by the second device to perform the establishment of the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device process.
  • the first device can first establish a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device, and then establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device based on the Bluetooth communication connection, so that the Wi-Fi direct communication connection can be quickly established. Thereby improving the efficiency of sharing files.
  • the first device responds to the sixth operation of sharing the third file
  • the displayed one or more application options may be any of the following:
  • the first device may also display the sixth user interface in response to the eighth operation received on the option of the second user, and the sixth user interface includes: The communication record and prompt information of the user and the second user in the first application, the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the third file.
  • the transmission status of the third file may include but is not limited to: the third file is waiting to be received by the second device, the third file is being transferred to the second device, the third file is not successfully transferred to the second device, and the third file is being transferred to the second device. Successfully transmitted to the second device and so on. In this way, the user can intuitively learn the transmission status of the third file, and give the user a better experience.
  • the fourth user interface may include a third operation option.
  • the sixth operation may include the operation received by the first device on the third operation option.
  • the first device may display the third operation option after selecting the third file, so that the user may be prompted to share the third file, giving the user a better user experience.
  • the first device may simultaneously display the third operation option on the fourth user interface while displaying the fourth user interface.
  • the first device may send the third file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, to the second device
  • the device sends a file sharing request; and in the case of receiving a sharing request response sent by the second device in response to the file sharing request, the third device is connected through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device.
  • the file is sent to the second device. In this way, the third file can be sent to the second device with the consent of the second user, and the user experience can be guaranteed.
  • the file sharing request may be sent by the server.
  • the first device may send a file sharing request to the server, so that the server sends the file sharing request to the second device.
  • the server provides services for the first application. Sending the file sharing request through the server allows the server to learn and record the file transfer event between the first device and the second device.
  • the fourth operation for starting the first communication service and the second communication service may also be detected; in response to the first communication service Fourth operation, the first device starts the first communication service and the second communication service.
  • the first communication service is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth
  • the second communication service is used by the first device to send the third file to the second device via the Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
  • the first communication service is a Bluetooth communication service
  • the second communication service is a WLAN communication service.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes one or more processors and a memory; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors call The computer instructions cause the electronic device to execute the method in the first aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes one or more processors and a memory; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors call The computer instructions cause the electronic device to execute the method in the second aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform any possible implementation as in the first aspect and the first aspect. The method described by the method.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform any possible implementation as in the second aspect and the second aspect. The method described by the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when the foregoing instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manner in the first aspect Described method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when the foregoing instructions run on an electronic device, cause the foregoing electronic device to execute the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect Described method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system for transferring files in an application.
  • the system includes a first device and a second device.
  • the first device may be the electronic device described in the third aspect.
  • the second device is configured to receive the first file through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system for transferring files in an application.
  • the system includes: a first device and a second device.
  • the first device may be the electronic device described in the fourth aspect.
  • the second device is configured to receive the third file through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device.
  • the second device is further configured to receive a file sharing request sent by the first device before receiving the first file or the third file; in response to the file sharing request, display The notification window is used to ask the user whether to receive the first file or the third file; the notification window includes a fourth operation option, and in response to the ninth operation received on the fourth operation option, the second device receives The first file or the third file.
  • the second device is further configured to send a Bluetooth broadcast packet before receiving the first file or the third file.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user ID, and the user ID corresponds to The user logs in the first application on the second device.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast packet is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device.
  • the second device is further configured to perform a process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device before receiving the first file or the third file .
  • the second device is further configured to display a seventh user interface after receiving the first file or the third file
  • the seventh user interface includes: the second user and the second user A user's communication record and prompt information in the first application program.
  • the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the first file or the third file.
  • For the transmission status of the first file or the third file refer to the related descriptions of the first aspect and the second aspect.
  • the electronic device can quickly share files with other nearby devices in the application through Wi-Fi direct communication connections with other devices.
  • This technical solution has the following beneficial effects: the electronic device can quickly and quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimizing the user experience; regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and whether the communication connection is Good, electronic devices can share files to other devices, which can save cellular data traffic consumed by electronic devices and reduce server load; the size of files shared by electronic devices is not limited, which means that electronic devices can share larger files To other equipment around.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of the software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2A is a user interface for displaying an application program installed on an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of opening "hishare" provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 3A-3I are a series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario one provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • 4A-4F are another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario one provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 5A-5I are another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario one provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 6A-6H are a series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • 7A-7E are another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 8A-8I are still another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 9A-9D are a series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 3 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10B is a schematic flowchart of a method for transferring files in an application in scenario 1 provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
  • FIG. 10C is a schematic flowchart of a method for transferring files in an application in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
  • Figure 11 is the architecture of the ShareKit service provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” means two or more.
  • the following embodiments of the application provide a method, electronic device, and system for transferring files in an application, so that users can quickly share files with other users nearby through the application installed on the electronic device.
  • the method does not rely on the server, and the file transfer process can be performed without a network. It can support users to share files regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server and whether the communication connection is good.
  • the method supports the electronic device to quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimizes the user experience, and can also save the cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device and reduce the load of the server.
  • the size of the file that the electronic device can share is not limited, that is, the method can support the electronic device to share a larger file to other surrounding devices. In this way, the process of using the application on the electronic device to share the file is intuitive, simple and fast for the user.
  • the communication connection between the electronic device and the server may include, but is not limited to, connections based on 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular mobile communication networks, wide area networks (WAN), local area networks (LAN), and so on.
  • the electronic device can share files with other surrounding devices in the following applications: instant messaging applications, mailbox applications, and so on.
  • the files shared by the electronic device to other surrounding devices may include, but are not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on. These files can be obtained by the electronic device itself, such as pictures and/or videos captured by a camera, documents generated by using a display screen to collect text input by the user, etc., or the electronic device can be obtained from other devices such as a server through the network. Obtained.
  • the electronic device under the condition that the "hishare" of the electronic device such as a smart phone is turned on, the electronic device can discover other devices such as nearby mobile phones and tablet computers. If a user wants to share a file in an application with other contacts in the application, the electronic device can send the file selected by the user to other discovered devices, and another user can log in to the application on other devices, and the other user is Is the contact of the current user.
  • the electronic device used by a certain user to log in to the application may be referred to as the user's associated device.
  • the specific implementation of the steps of how the electronic device discovers other nearby devices, how to determine the devices associated with the contact among other nearby devices, and how to send files will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • “hishare” is a service or function provided by an electronic device, which can support the electronic device to send files to other nearby devices.
  • "hishare” can support the electronic device to pass Bluetooth (BT), near field communication (NFC), wireless fidelity direct (Wi-Fi direct) (also known as Wi-Fi direct) For wireless fidelity peer-to-peer (Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi software access point (software access point, softAP) one or more of the technologies to transfer files to other nearby equipment.
  • "hishare” can support the electronic device to transmit data via a local area network (LAN) to other devices in the same local area network as the electronic device. The device in the same local area network as the electronic device may also be other devices near the electronic device.
  • "hishare” can support the electronic device to transmit files to the server through 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular mobile communication technologies or wide area network (WAN) technologies, and the server can forward the files to nearby other devices.
  • “hishare” can support electronic devices to simultaneously use Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p) and cellular mobile communication technology to transfer files to other nearby devices.
  • Wi-Fi direct connection such as Wi-Fi p2p
  • cellular mobile communication technology to transfer files to other nearby devices.
  • the aforementioned other nearby devices refer to devices discovered by electronic devices through one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN.
  • turning on "hishare” may include turning on one or more of the Bluetooth module, NFC module, and WLAN module of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can be discovered through one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN. Equipment near the electronic device.
  • the electronic device turns on "hishare", one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, Wi-Fi LAN Technology discovers other devices near the electronic device and transfers files to other nearby devices, then due to Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, Wi-Fi LAN and other technical support electronic devices There is no need to communicate with each other through the server, and the process of the electronic device transferring files to other nearby devices in the application does not rely on the communication connection between the electronic device and the server.
  • Wi-Fi direct connection such as Wi-Fi p2p
  • Wi-Fi softAP Wi-Fi LAN
  • the electronic device can quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, and can transfer larger files to other surrounding devices, so as to optimize the user experience and save the cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device.
  • “hishare” supports electronic devices to discover the surrounding devices through Bluetooth and determine the devices associated with the contact among these devices, and then send the files selected by the user to the device through Wi-Fi P2P. The device associated with the contact. In this way, electronic devices can quickly discover surrounding devices through BT, and quickly and conveniently send files to the devices associated with the contact through Wi-Fi P2P.
  • “hishare” is only a word used in this embodiment, and its representative meaning has been recorded in this embodiment, and its name does not constitute any limitation on this embodiment.
  • “hishare” may also be referred to as other nouns such as “short-distance sharing”, “quick sharing”, “Moment Share” and so on.
  • the electronic device may be a portable terminal device equipped with iOS, Android, Microsoft or other operating systems, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, etc., or a laptop with a touch-sensitive surface or a touch panel.
  • Non-portable terminal devices such as laptops, desktop computers with touch-sensitive surfaces or touch panels.
  • FIG. 1A shows a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charge management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may include a Bluetooth module, an NFC module, a WLAN module, and so on.
  • the Bluetooth (BT) module can provide one or more Bluetooth communication solutions including classic Bluetooth (Bluetooth 2.1) or Bluetooth low energy (Bluetooth low energy, BLE).
  • the WLAN module can provide one or more WLAN communication solutions including Wi-Fi direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or Wi-Fi softAP.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the Bluetooth (BT) module and the WLAN module included in the wireless communication module 160 of the electronic device 100 can transmit signals to detect or scan other nearby devices, and can also monitor signals emitted by other devices, thereby using Bluetooth Or wireless communication technologies such as WLAN discover nearby devices, establish wireless communication connections with nearby devices, and transfer files to nearby devices through the above-mentioned connections.
  • Bluetooth Or wireless communication technologies such as WLAN discover nearby devices, establish wireless communication connections with nearby devices, and transfer files to nearby devices through the above-mentioned connections.
  • the wireless communication solution provided by the mobile communication module 150 of the electronic device 100 can enable the sender to communicate with a device (such as a server) in the network, and the WLAN wireless communication solution provided by the wireless communication module 160 can also enable the electronic device 100 to communicate with Communication with devices (such as servers) in the network.
  • the electronic device 100 can communicate with other nearby devices (such as the receiving end 102) through a device in the network (such as a server). For example, the sending end can first transmit a file to a device in the network, and then the device in the network can transmit the file To other devices nearby.
  • the processor 110 of the electronic device 100 may be used to generate signals sent by the wireless communication module 160 and the mobile communication module 150, such as detection requests, Bluetooth broadcast signals, beacon signals, and so on.
  • the processor 110 of the electronic device 100 may also be used to parse the signals received by the wireless communication module 160 and the mobile communication module 150, such as detection responses and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor, which is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • an external memory card such as a Micro SD card
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • Distance sensor 180F used to measure distance.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 by way of example.
  • FIG. 1B is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the software system shown in FIG. 1B involves the presentation of various applications (such as instant messaging applications, mailbox applications, file managers, etc.), and provides the "hishare" service in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the application framework layer provides WLAN services and Bluetooth services
  • the core and the bottom layer provide WLAN capabilities, Bluetooth capabilities, and basic communication protocols.
  • the method for transferring files in an application provided in the embodiments of the present application involves two ends, one end is the sending end 101 that sends the file, and the other end is the receiving end 102 that receives the file.
  • the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 are both electronic devices, and the structures of the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 can refer to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B.
  • the sending end may be referred to as the first device, and the receiving end may be referred to as the second device.
  • the associated user at the sending end may be referred to as the first user, and the associated user at the receiving end may be referred to as the second user.
  • the sender 101 can discover other nearby devices, and determine the device associated with the contact selected by the user among other nearby devices, and the device associated with the contact selected by the user is the device associated with the contact selected by the user. For the receiving end 102. Then, the sending end 101 can send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare" in the application.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • 2A-2B exemplarily show an operation of turning on "hishare" on the sending end 101.
  • FIG. 2A exemplarily shows an exemplary user interface 21 on the sending end 101 for displaying installed applications.
  • the user interface 21 displays: a status bar, a calendar indicator, a weather indicator, a tray with commonly used application icons, a navigation bar, and other application icons (such as the icon of the gallery, the icon 201 of the instant messaging application "Hi Chat", etc. and many more.
  • the status bar may include: one or more signal strength indicators of mobile communication signals (also known as cellular signals), the name of the operator (for example, "China Mobile”), and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) One or more signal strength indicators of the signal, battery status indicator, time indicator, etc.
  • the navigation bar may include system navigation keys such as the return key, the home screen key, and the multitasking key.
  • the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 2A may be a home screen.
  • the sending end 101 may display a window 202 on the user interface 21 in response to the gesture.
  • a control 202A may be displayed in the window 202, and the control 202A may receive an operation (such as a touch operation, a click operation) to turn on/off the "hishare" function of the sending terminal 101.
  • the manifestation of the control 202A may include an icon and/or text (for example, the text "hishare", etc.).
  • the window 201 may also display switch controls for other functions such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, flashlight, and so on.
  • the display form of the control 202A can be changed, for example, a shadow when the control 202A is displayed is added.
  • the sending end 101 may also initiate "hishare” in other ways.
  • the sender 101 may also display a setting interface provided by the settings application.
  • the settings interface may include a control provided to the user to enable/disable the "hishare” function of the sender 101. Enter a user operation on the above to open the "hishare” of the sender 101.
  • the user can also select a contact to share the file in the application and then turn on the "hishare" of the sender 101, which will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • the operation for opening "hishare” may be referred to as the fourth operation for opening the first communication service and the second communication service.
  • the first communication service is used by the sending end to discover and determine the receiving end through Bluetooth
  • the second communication service is used for the sending end to send the file to the receiving end through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
  • the user interface implemented on the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 will be described below in conjunction with several application scenarios involved in this application.
  • Scenario 1 The user selects the contact first, and then selects the file to share
  • 3A to 3I exemplarily show the user interface displayed by the sending end 101 in scenario one.
  • Figures 3A-3B show an embodiment in which a user selects a contact in an application.
  • FIG. 3A exemplarily shows the user interface 31 of the first application program (for example, the instant messaging application "Hi Chat") displayed by the sending terminal 101.
  • the first application program may be an application program for social communication installed on an electronic device, and the first application program may support communication between multiple users, such as sending texts, voices, files, etc. to each other.
  • the user can log in to the first application on the sending terminal 101 using his user ID and password. After the user logs in to the first application, he can communicate with the contacts added by the user in the first application.
  • the user who logs in to the first application on the sending end 101 may be referred to as an associated user of the sending end 101.
  • the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A may be displayed by the sending terminal 101 in response to a user operation (such as a click operation, a touch operation, etc.) received on the icon 201 in the user interface 21.
  • the user interface 31 is used to display one or more contact options of the user in the first application.
  • the user interface 31 displays: a status bar 301, a title bar 302, a search box 303, one or more recent contact options, and a menu bar 305.
  • the status bar 301 can refer to the status bar in FIG. 2A.
  • the title bar 302 may include a current page indicator for indicating the current page, for example, the text information "Hi Chat” is used to indicate that the current page is a user interface provided by the first application "Hi Chat”.
  • the search box 303 can be used to monitor touch operations, click operations, etc., in response to the operation, the sending end 101 can display a text input box so that the user can enter the contact options and chat records (such as text information) that the user wants to search in the text input box , Pictures, links or other files, etc.).
  • the contact options and chat records such as text information
  • the recent contact options may include contact options corresponding to one or more contacts that the user has communicated recently in the first application program, and the contact options may include: official account options, user options, group options, and so on.
  • the recent contact options include an option 304A for the contact "Kate” and an option 304B for the group "workgroup”.
  • the realization form of the contact option may include, but is not limited to: icons or text.
  • the icon or text can be used to indicate the user identification of the contact in the first application.
  • the user identification may include, but is not limited to: the account number, avatar, nickname, name, etc. of the contact in the first application.
  • the menu bar 305 may include multiple controls, such as “Hi Chat”, “Address Book”, “Discover” and “Me” as shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the content displayed in the display area other than the menu bar 305 and the status bar 301 in the user interface is related to the currently selected control in the menu bar 305.
  • the currently selected control in the menu bar 305 in FIG. 3A is "Hi Chat”.
  • the sending end 101 may respond to the user operation detected on the contact option and display the communication record of the contact corresponding to the contact option on the display screen.
  • the sender 101 may also enable "hishare" in response to a user operation detected on the contact option.
  • the user operation detected by the sending end 101 on the contact option may be referred to as a user operation for selecting a contact.
  • the contact corresponding to the contact option is the selected contact.
  • FIG. 3B exemplarily shows the user interface 32 displayed by the sender 101 in response to an operation (such as a click operation, a touch operation, etc.) input by the user on the option 304A of the contact "Kate", and the selected contact is "Kate” .
  • the user interface 32 is used to display the communication records of the associated user of the sending terminal 101 and the contact "Kate".
  • the user interface 32 displays: a status bar 306, a title bar, a communication record 308 of the associated user and contact "Kate" of the sending end 101 (the communication record shown in FIG. 3B is empty), and a menu 309 .
  • the status bar 306 can refer to the status bar in FIG. 2A.
  • the title bar may include a current page indicator 307B for indicating the current page, for example, the text information "Kate” is used to indicate that the current page is a page for communication between the user and the contact "Kate”.
  • the title bar may also include a return key 307A, which is used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 may display the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A in response to the user operation on the return key 307A.
  • the menu 309 may include a control 309A, a text input box 309B, and a control 309C.
  • the control 309A can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending terminal 101 can prompt the user to input the voice sent to the contact "Kate" in response to the user operation on the control 309A.
  • the text input box 309B can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can display a virtual keyboard in response to the user operations on the control 309B for the user to input the text sent to the contact "Kate".
  • the control 309C can be used to monitor user operations, and the sender 101 can display more functional service options in response to user operations on the control 309C, such as options for taking pictures, and equipment for initiating association with the contact "Kate” Options for video calls between users, options for transferring money to the contact "Kate", etc.
  • Figures 3C-3E show an embodiment in which a user selects a file and shares it with the selected contact after selecting a contact in the application.
  • FIG. 3C exemplarily shows a plurality of function service options displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B.
  • the multiple function service options include "hishare file transfer" 310.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 310 is used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, long-press operations, etc.).
  • the sender 101 can respond to the user operations detected on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 and display A user interface for displaying one or more files stored on the sending end 101.
  • the sender 101 may also enable “hishare” in response to a user operation detected on the "hishare file transfer” option 310.
  • FIG. 3D exemplarily shows a user interface 33 on the sending end 101 for displaying one or more files stored by the sending end 101.
  • the user interface 33 may include: a status bar 311, a control 312A, a control 312B, and a file area 313.
  • the status bar 311 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the control 312A can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 32 as shown in FIG. 3C in response to the user operation detected on the control 312A.
  • the control 312B can be used to monitor user operations.
  • the sender 101 can respond to the user operation detected on the control 312B, and send the file selected by the user in the file area 313 to the selected contact "Kate" in the first application. "Associated device.
  • the control 312B can only receive user operations after the user selects a file in the file area 313.
  • the sender 101 may add a shadow on the control 312B to remind the user that the control 312B cannot receive user operations.
  • the file area 313 may display thumbnails or names of one or more files, such as thumbnails of pictures (such as picture thumbnails 313A, picture thumbnails 313B), video thumbnails (such as video thumbnails 313C), Name (such as the name of the Word format document "Novel 1" 313D) and so on.
  • the file corresponding to the thumbnail or name of the file such as the original image corresponding to the picture thumbnail 313A, the original video corresponding to the video thumbnail 313C, etc., may be stored on the sending terminal 101.
  • the sending end 101 detects an upward or downward sliding operation in the file area 313, the sending end can update the content displayed in the file area 313 so that the user can browse more file thumbnails or names. Not limited to the upward or downward sliding operation, the user can also slide left or right in the file area 313 to browse the thumbnails or names of more files.
  • the user can input a user operation in the file area 313 to select a file to be shared with the contact "Kate".
  • the user operation may be a click operation, a touch operation, etc., acting on the thumbnail or name of the file.
  • the user can click on the image thumbnail 313A, the image thumbnail 313B, and the name "Novel 1" 313D in the file area 313, and select the corresponding file such as the original image corresponding to the image thumbnail 313A, the original image corresponding to the image thumbnail 313B,
  • the file corresponding to the name "Novel 1" 313D is selected as the file to be shared with the contact "Kate".
  • the sender may also display a mark 313E on the thumbnail or name selected by the user in the file area 313.
  • the mark 313E may indicate that the thumbnail or the file corresponding to the name has been User choice.
  • Fig. 3E exemplarily shows an embodiment in which the user shares the selected file with the contact "Kate" in the first application.
  • the sending terminal 101 may detect a user operation for sharing the selected file to the contact on the user interface 33, and the user operation may be an operation acting on the control 312B (for example, a click operation, Touch operation), the sending end 101 can transmit the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to the user operation.
  • the sender 101 can also transmit the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to other forms of operation, for example, it can also In response to the user's operation of shaking the sending terminal 101 after selecting a file, for example, the file can be transferred in response to a voice control operation or the like.
  • the device associated with the contact refers to the device used when the contact currently logs in to the first application.
  • the device associated with the contact selected by the user is the receiving end 102.
  • the contact selected by the user in the first application is an associated user of the receiving terminal 102.
  • How the sender 101 determines the device associated with the contact selected by the user (for example, the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application), that is, how to determine the receiver 102, can refer to the detailed description of the subsequent embodiments. Do not go into details.
  • the sending end 101 transmits the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare".
  • the transmission process please refer to the detailed description of the subsequent embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the sending end 101 responds to the detected user operation for sharing the selected file to the contact, and after transmitting the selected file to the receiving end 102, it may be shown in FIG. 3F-figure.
  • Prompt information 315 is displayed in one or more exemplary file transfer records 314 shown in 3I.
  • the prompt information 315 is used to prompt the user of the transmission status of the selected file, which can make the user know the transmission status of the selected file very intuitively, and improve the user experience.
  • the prompt information 315 may not be a visual interface element displayed on the display screen, but may be audio played through the speaker 170A.
  • FIG. 3F-FIG. 3I show the user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
  • the sending end 101 may exemplify the user as shown in FIG. 3C.
  • the file transfer record 314 is displayed in the communication record 308 of the interface 32.
  • the user interface 32 is a user interface for displaying the communication records of the associated user of the sending terminal 101 and the contact "Kate". In this way, the user can communicate with the contact in the user interface 32, for example, sending text, voice, and so on.
  • the file transfer record 314 may include: the avatar of the associated user of the sending end 101, the thumbnail or name of one or more files selected by the user, and prompt information 315.
  • the prompt message 315 is used to indicate the transmission status of the file selected by the user.
  • the prompt message 315 may be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the first transmission state.
  • the first transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user is waiting to be received by the receiving terminal 102.
  • the prompt message 315 may include one or more of the following: the text message "waiting to be received by the other party", and a shadow covering all the file thumbnails or names.
  • the sending end 101 displays the prompt message 315 as shown in FIG. 3F, it may also display a control for canceling the file transfer in the file transfer record 314.
  • the control can be implemented as the text "Cancel Transfer". Cancelling the file transmission means that the sending end 101 does not send the file to the receiving end 102.
  • the prompt message 315 can be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the second transmission state.
  • the second transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user is being transmitted to the receiving end 102.
  • the prompt information 315 may include one or more of the following: text information "Sending", a progress bar, and a shadow on the thumbnail or name of the covered part of the file.
  • the prompt message 315 may be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the third transmission state.
  • the third transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user is successfully transmitted to the receiving end 102.
  • the prompt information 315 may include one or more of the following: text information "send successfully" and a progress bar.
  • the prompt message 315 can be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the fourth transmission state.
  • the fourth transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user has not been successfully transmitted to the receiving end 102.
  • the prompt information 315 may include one or more of the following: text information "sending failed", a progress bar, and shadows on thumbnails or names of all files.
  • the sending end 101 displays the prompt message 315 as shown in FIG. 3I, it may also display a control for retransmitting the file in the file transfer record 314.
  • the control can be implemented as the text "Retransmit". Retransmitting the file means that the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 again.
  • the reason why the file selected by the user is not successfully transmitted to the receiving end 102 may include but is not limited to: there is no device associated with the selected contact among the devices near the sending end 101, and there is a problem between the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102.
  • the communication connection is interrupted, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending end 101 may also display other prompt messages, for example, to remind the user that some of the files selected by the user have been successfully transmitted to The prompt information of the receiving terminal 102, the prompt information used to prompt the user contact to refuse to accept the file, and so on.
  • the sending end 101 can be triggered to send the selected file to the receiving end 102.
  • the sender 101 can share files through "hishare" in the first application, and the user experience is intuitive and simple, which greatly improves the efficiency of sharing files in the application.
  • Extension 1 Related extensions to the UI embodiment shown in Figure 3C
  • the sending end 101 may display a plurality of functional service options in response to a user operation detected on the control 308C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and the multiple functional service options include "hishare file transfer" Option 310.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 310 can receive a user operation, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 33 as shown in FIG. 3D in response to the user operation.
  • the sending end 101 may also display the "hishare file transfer" option in the manner described in (1) or (2) below.
  • the sender 101 may display the "hishare file transfer" option 310 after determining that the file can be transferred with the receiver 102 through "hishare”.
  • FIGS. 4A-4C it shows an implementation manner in which the sender 101 displays the "hishare file transfer" option 310.
  • FIGS. 3B-3C in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 3A-3I can be replaced with FIGS. 4A-4C.
  • the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4A is the same as the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
  • the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4B may include multiple functional service options displayed by the sending terminal 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4A. As shown in FIG. 4B, before the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", the multiple function service options displayed by the sending end 101 do not include the "hishare file transfer" option.
  • the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare"
  • the sending end can newly display a "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32.
  • the sender in order to newly display the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface, can adjust the arrangement of each function service option, for example, reduce the distance between each function service option, and stop displaying a certain function. There are no restrictions on this in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the "hishare file transfer” option shown in FIG. 4C is the same as the "hishare file transfer” option in FIG. 3C, which can be used to monitor user operations. You can refer to related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
  • the sender 101 will display the “hishare file transfer” option 310 after confirming that it can transfer files with the receiver 102 via “hishare”, so that it can be used when the user wants to transfer files via “hishare”
  • the probability of the file being successfully transferred is increased, and the user has a better experience.
  • the sending end 101 may display the “hishare file transfer” option 310 that can receive user operations after determining that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through “hishare”.
  • FIGS. 4D-4F it shows another implementation manner in which the sender 101 displays the "hishare file transfer" option 310.
  • the embodiments of FIGS. 3B-3C in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 3A-3I can be replaced with FIGS. 4D-4F.
  • the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4D is the same as the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
  • the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4E may include multiple functional service options displayed by the sending terminal 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 310 among the multiple functional service options displayed by the sender 101 cannot receive user operations.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 310 cannot receive user operations means that the sender 101 does not display a user interface for displaying the files stored by the sender 101 in response to the user operation on the "hishare file transfer" option 310.
  • a prompt message may be displayed on the user interface 32 to prompt that it is not currently possible to transfer the file with the receiving end 102 via "hishare".
  • the prompt information may include, but is not limited to: shadows, text information, animations, etc., overlaid on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 shown in FIG. 4E.
  • the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare"
  • the "hishare file transfer” option 310 in the user interface 32 displayed by the sending end 101 can be used to receive user operations .
  • the “hishare file transfer” option 310 that can receive user operations means that the sender 101 can display a user interface for displaying the files stored by the sender 101 in response to the user operation on the “hishare file transfer” option 310.
  • the sending end 101 may display a plurality of functional service options in response to the user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and the multiple functional service options include "hishare file transfer" Option 310.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 310 can receive a user operation, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 33 for displaying the file stored by the sending end 101 in response to the user operation.
  • the sending end 101 may send the file selected by the user in the user interface 33 to the receiving end 102 through "hishare".
  • the sending end 101 may display multiple functional service options in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 310 may not be included in the multiple function service options.
  • the sending end 101 can send the file to the receiving end 102 through “hishare”.
  • FIGS. 3A-3E in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 3A-3I can be replaced with FIGS. 5A-5E, and FIGS. 3F-3I can be replaced with FIG. 5F - Figure 5I.
  • Figures 5A-5B show an embodiment in which a user selects a contact in an application.
  • the user interface 51 shown in FIG. 5A may refer to the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A
  • the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B may refer to the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B.
  • Figures 5C-5E show an embodiment in which the user selects a contact in the application and then selects a file to share with the contact.
  • FIG. 5C exemplarily shows a plurality of function service options displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the difference between Fig. 5C and Fig. 3C is that the user interface 52 shown in Fig. 5C does not include the "hishare file transfer" option.
  • the multiple functional service options in the user interface 52 include an option 501 for sharing pictures and/or videos.
  • Option 501 is used to monitor user operations (for example, click operations, touch operations, long-press operations, etc.).
  • the sender 101 can respond to the user operations detected on the option 501 to display one or more of the stored information of the sender 101.
  • a picture and video user interface In the case that the "hishare" of the sending end 101 has not been turned on, the sending end 101 may also enable the "hishare" in response to the user operation detected on the option 501.
  • FIG. 5D exemplarily shows a user interface 53 on the sending end 101 for displaying one or more pictures and videos stored by the sending end 101.
  • the user interface 53 may include: a status bar 502, a control 503A, a control 503B, and a file area 504.
  • the status bar 502 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the control 503A can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 52 as shown in FIG. 5C in response to the user operation detected on the control 503A.
  • the control 503B can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can send the file selected by the user in the file area 504 to the device associated with the contact "Kate" of the first application in response to the user operation detected on the control 503B. .
  • the control 503B can only receive user operations after the user selects a file in the file area 504.
  • the sender 101 may add a shadow on the control 503B to remind the user that the control 503B cannot receive user operations.
  • One or more thumbnails of pictures and videos may be displayed in the file area 504, such as thumbnails of pictures (such as picture thumbnail 504A), thumbnails of video (such as video thumbnail 504B), and so on.
  • the original images, original videos, etc. corresponding to the thumbnails of the pictures and videos can be stored on the sending terminal 101.
  • the sending end 101 detects an upward or downward sliding operation in the file area 504, the sending end may update the content displayed in the file area 504 so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos. Not limited to the upward or downward sliding operations, the user can also slide left or right in the file area 504 to browse more thumbnails or names of pictures and/or videos.
  • a control 504C may also be displayed in the file area 504.
  • the sending terminal 101 may update the content displayed in the file area 504 in response to an operation input by the user on the control 504C (for example, a click operation, a touch operation, etc.), so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos.
  • the user can input a user operation in the file area 504 to select a picture and/or video to be shared with the contact "Kate".
  • the user operation may be a click operation, a touch operation, etc., acting on the thumbnail of the picture and/or video.
  • the user can click on the image thumbnail 504A and the video thumbnail 504B in the file area 504, and determine the corresponding file, such as the original image corresponding to the image thumbnail 504A, and the original video corresponding to the video thumbnail 504B, as to be shared with the contact.
  • the sender may also display a mark 504D on the thumbnail selected by the user in the file area 504.
  • the mark 504D may indicate that the original picture or original video corresponding to the thumbnail has been selected by the user. Selected.
  • Fig. 5E exemplarily shows an embodiment in which the user shares the selected file with the contact "Kate" in the first application.
  • the sender 101 can detect a user operation for sharing the selected picture and/or video to the contact in the user interface 53, and the user operation can be an operation on the control 503B ( For example, click operation, touch operation).
  • the sending end 101 may transmit the picture and/or video selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to this operation.
  • the sending terminal 101 can also transmit the pictures and/or videos selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to other forms of operation, for example, it can also In response to the user's operation of shaking the sending terminal 101, for example, it may also respond to a voice control operation, etc., to send the picture and/or video selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" and so on.
  • the sending end 101 sends the picture and/or video selected by the user to the receiving end 102 according to any one of the following Kinds of strategies to send:
  • the sending end 101 determines the total size of the file selected by the user, and if the total size exceeds the first threshold, the file selected by the user is sent to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". If the total size does not exceed the first threshold, the sending end 101 sends the selected file to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G, or other cellular technology or Wi-Fi technology.
  • the sending end 101 asks the user whether to send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare", and when it detects the user's operation instructing to send the selected file through "hishare", it passes "hishare"
  • the file selected by the user is sent to the receiving terminal 102.
  • the sending end 101 can output visual interface elements, voice, etc. displayed on the display screen to ask the user whether to send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare”. This strategy can enable the sending end 101 to send the selected file through "hishare” according to the user's needs.
  • FIG. 5F-FIG. 5I show the user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
  • the sending end 101 After the sending end 101 transmits the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 in response to the operation for sharing the file selected by the user to the contact, as shown in FIG. 5F-FIG. 5I, the sending end 101 can be shown in FIG.
  • the file transfer record 505 is displayed in the communication record 308 of the user interface 32 exemplarily shown in 5C.
  • the file transfer record 505 includes prompt information 506.
  • prompt information 506 For the specific implementation of the file transmission 505, refer to the file transmission record 314 shown in FIGS. 3F-3I.
  • the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the first transmission state.
  • the prompt information 506 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3F.
  • the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the second transmission state.
  • the prompt information 506 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3G.
  • the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the third transmission state.
  • the prompt information 506 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3H.
  • the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the fourth transmission state.
  • the fourth transmission state refer to the previous description.
  • the prompt information 506, refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3I.
  • the sending end 101 can be triggered to send the selected file to the receiver through the function service option. ⁇ 102.
  • the sender 101 can share files through "hishare" in the first application, and the user experience is intuitive and simple, which greatly improves the efficiency of sharing files in the application.
  • the sending end 101 does not need to provide a special "hishare file transfer" option, and when the user triggers the sending end 101 to send the selected file to the receiving end 102, through "Hishare" sends the file to the receiving end 102.
  • Scenario 2 The user selects the file first, and then selects the contact to share.
  • 6A-6H exemplarily show the user interface displayed by the sending end 101 in the second scenario.
  • Figures 6A-6B show an embodiment in which a user selects a file.
  • FIG. 6A exemplarily shows the user interface 61 of the second application (for example, "Gallery") displayed by the sending end 101.
  • the user interface 61 may be used to display one or more pictures and/or videos stored in the sending terminal 101.
  • the second application program can support the user to perform various operations on the files stored on the sending terminal 101, such as browsing, editing, deleting, and selecting operations.
  • "Gallery” is a picture management application installed on smart phones, tablet computers and other electronic devices, and can also be called “album”. This embodiment does not limit the name of the application. That is, the objects managed by the "Gallery" are pictures and/or videos.
  • the user interface 61 may include: a status bar 601, a title bar 602, and a picture area 603. among them:
  • the status bar 601 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the title bar 602 may include a current page indicator, for example, the text information "Gallery”. Not limited to text information, the current page indicator can also be an icon.
  • One or more thumbnails of pictures and videos may be displayed in the picture area 603, such as picture thumbnails (such as picture thumbnail 603A), video thumbnails (such as video thumbnail 603B), and so on.
  • the original images, original videos, etc. corresponding to the thumbnails of the pictures and videos can be stored on the sending terminal 101.
  • the sending end 101 detects an upward or downward sliding operation in the picture area 603, the sending end may update the content displayed in the picture area 603, so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos.
  • the user can also swipe left or right in the picture area 603 to browse more thumbnails or names of pictures and/or videos.
  • a control 603C may also be displayed in the picture area 603.
  • the sending terminal 101 may update the content displayed in the picture area 603 in response to an operation input by the user on the control 603C (for example, a click operation, a touch operation, etc.), so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos.
  • the user can input a user operation in the picture area 603 to select a picture and/or video.
  • the user operation may be a click operation, a touch operation, etc., acting on the thumbnail of the picture and/or video.
  • the user can click on the picture thumbnail 603A and the video thumbnail 603B in the picture area 603 to determine the corresponding files such as the original image corresponding to the picture thumbnail 603A and the original video corresponding to the video thumbnail 603B as the ones to be shared with the contact. file.
  • the sender may also display a mark 603D on the thumbnail selected by the user in the picture area 603.
  • the mark 603D may indicate that the original picture or original video corresponding to the thumbnail has been selected by the user. select.
  • FIG. 6B exemplarily shows an embodiment in which a user shares pictures and/or videos in the "gallery".
  • the sending end 101 can detect an operation for sharing the selected file in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6B.
  • the sending end 101 may display one or more application program icons.
  • the sending end 101 can detect on one or more application icons that the user selects an application for sharing.
  • the sending end 101 can send the file selected by the user to the user in the application selected by the user.
  • the device associated with the contact selected by the user is exemplarily shows an embodiment in which a user shares pictures and/or videos in the "gallery”.
  • the operation for sharing the selected file may be: the user clicks the "hishare file transfer" option 604A after selecting the file.
  • the menu 604 in FIG. 6B may be displayed in the user interface 61.
  • the sending end 101 may also initially display the menu 604 in the user interface 61, that is, the menu 604 does not need to be detected after the user selects a file.
  • the menu 604 may include a "hishare file transfer" option 604A, an option 604B ("move"), an option 604C ("select all"), and an option 604D "more".
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 604A can be used to monitor the operation of sharing the selected file through "hishare".
  • the sending end 101 may also enable the "hishare” in response to a user operation detected on the "hishare file transfer” option 604A.
  • the operation for sharing the selected file can also be implemented in other forms, for example, it can also be a fixed time (such as 1 second) after shaking the sending end 101 ) Select file operation, voice control operation, etc.
  • Figures 6C-6D show an embodiment in which a user selects an application and a contact in the application, and shares a file with the contact.
  • the sending end 101 responds to the operation for sharing the selected file (for example, the operation input on the “hishare file transfer” option 604A after the user selects the file), and displays a window 605 in the user interface 61.
  • the window 605 can obscure part of the content originally displayed in the user interface 61.
  • the window 605 may include: one or more application options, for example, an option 605C of "Hi Chat" and an option 605D of an email address.
  • the implementation form of the application options can be text, icons, and so on.
  • the application corresponding to the application options included in the window 605 can be any of the following:
  • All applications installed on the sending end 101 that can be used to share files.
  • the sender 101 may display all instant messaging applications and email application options in the window 605.
  • the application is an application that can share files through "hishare” program. For example, if a user logs in to the HiChat installed on the sending terminal 101, the device 102 on which the contact Kate in HiChat is currently logged in can transfer files with the sending terminal 101 through "hishare", and the user also logs in to the mailbox installed on the sending terminal 101 at the same time.
  • the contact person in the mailbox that William is currently logged in to the device 102' cannot transfer files with the sender 101 via "hishare".
  • the sender 101 only displays the options of the HiChat application in the window 605, and does not display in the window 605 Options for email application.
  • the sending end 101 can transfer files with other devices through "hishare”
  • the window 605 may also include prompt information 605B.
  • the prompt message 605B is used to prompt the user to select an application program for sharing the selected file.
  • the prompt message 605B may be the text message "Which application do you want to share the file through".
  • the window 605 may also include prompt information 605A.
  • the prompt message 605A is used to prompt the user to share the condition of the file to other devices through "hishare".
  • the prompt message 605A may be a text message "Note: When sharing files through hishare, the other party needs to turn on Bluetooth and WLAN".
  • the application options in the window 605 can be used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.), and the sender 101 can respond to the user operations to display for the user to select the contacts in the corresponding application to share the file. interface.
  • the application corresponding to the application option selected by the user may be referred to as the first application.
  • FIG. 6D is an implementation manner of a user interface provided by the first application program for the user to select a contact to share the selected file.
  • the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D may be displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 605C.
  • the user interface 62 may include: a status bar 606, a title bar 607, prompt information 608, and one or more contact options. among them:
  • the status bar 606 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the title bar 607 may include an indicator of the current page, for example, the text message "Hi Chat". Not limited to text information, the current page indicator 607 may also be an icon.
  • the prompt message 608 can be used to prompt the user to select a contact to share the file.
  • One or more contact options can be used to monitor the operation of selecting a contact to trigger file sharing.
  • the sender 101 may respond to the operation detected on the contact option, and send the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option through "hishare".
  • the electronic device associated with the contact corresponding to one or more contact options in the user interface 62 can transfer files with the sender 101 through "hishare". In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem that the user selects inappropriate contacts and causes the file sharing failure.
  • the device associated with the contact selected by the user may be referred to as the receiving end 102.
  • Figures 6E-6H show the user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
  • the sender 101 in response to the operation detected on the contact option, sends the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option via "hishare", as shown in Figure 6E -As shown in FIG. 6H, the sending end 101 may display the file transfer record 610 in the user interface for displaying the communication record of the user and the contact.
  • 6E-6H show the user interface 63 for displaying the communication records of the user and the contact "Kate".
  • the file transfer record 610 includes prompt information 611.
  • prompt information 611 For the specific implementation of the file transmission 505, refer to the file transmission record 314 shown in FIGS. 3F-3I.
  • the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the first transmission state.
  • the prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3F.
  • the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the second transmission state.
  • the prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3G.
  • the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the third transmission state.
  • the prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3H.
  • the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the fourth transmission state.
  • the prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3I.
  • the sending end 101 may also display other prompt messages, for example, to prompt that part of the selected file is successfully transmitted to the receiver.
  • the user can trigger the sending terminal 101 to send the file to the contact in the first application after selecting the file to be shared.
  • the sender 101 can share files through "hishare" in the first application, and the user experience is intuitive and simple, which greatly improves the efficiency of sharing files in the application.
  • users can also select files to share in other file management applications, such as selecting documents in the file browser or document manager for sharing.
  • Extension 1 Regarding the relevant extension of the UI embodiment shown in Figure 6C- Figure 6D
  • the sending end 101 may display a plurality of contact options in response to the operation detected on the first application option in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6C, and the contact information corresponding to the multiple contact options
  • the associated device can transfer files with the sender 101 through "hishare". In other words, the user can first select the first application, and then select a contact in the user interface provided by the first application to share the file.
  • the user can also select a contact to share a file in the manner described in (1) or (2) below.
  • the sending end 101 may respond to the operation detected on the first application option in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6C, and display one or more items provided by the first application program. User interface for recent contacts options.
  • FIGS. 6C-6D in the file transfer process shown in FIGS. 6A-6H can be replaced with FIGS. 7A-7B.
  • the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 7A is the same as the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6C, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
  • FIG. 7B shows an implementation form of a user interface provided by the first application program for displaying one or more recent contact options.
  • the user interface 71 may include: a status bar 701, a title bar 702, a search box 703, one or more recent contact options, and a menu bar 705.
  • the status bar 301 can refer to the status bar in FIG. 2A.
  • the title bar 702 can refer to the title bar 302 in FIG. 3A.
  • the search box 703 can refer to the search box 303 in FIG. 3A.
  • the menu bar 705 can refer to the menu bar 305 in FIG. 3A.
  • the recent contact options may include options for one or more contacts that the user has communicated with in the first application program recently, and the contact options may include: official account options, user options, group options, and so on.
  • the recent contact options include an option 704A for the contact "MAC” and an option 704B for the contact "Kate”.
  • the sender 101 may display the contact options corresponding to the contacts whose associated device and the sender 101 can transfer files through "hishare" in the upper area (for example, as shown in FIG. 7B).
  • the sender 101 may also display an identifier on the contact option corresponding to the contact whose associated device can transfer files with the sender 101 through "hishare". The identifier is used to remind the user that the user can currently use "hishare” "Share the file with the corresponding contact. In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem that the user selects inappropriate contacts and causes the file sharing failure.
  • the sender 101 may directly display contact options in one or more applications, so that the user can directly select contacts in the application to share files.
  • FIG. 7C shows an implementation manner in which the sender 101 directly displays contact options in one or more applications.
  • FIGS. 6C to 6D in the file transfer process shown in FIGS. 6A to 6H can be replaced with FIG. 7C.
  • FIG. 7C The difference between FIG. 7C and FIG. 6C is that the content in the small window is different.
  • a small window 706 is displayed in the user interface 72, and the small window 706 includes: prompt information 706A, one or more application icons, and contact options corresponding to the application icons. among them:
  • the prompt message 706A is used to prompt the user to select a contact in the application to share a file.
  • the prompt message 706A may be a text message "Please select a contact to share your file”.
  • One or more application icons can be any of the following:
  • the device associated with the contact can transfer files with the sending end 101 through "hishare".
  • the sending end 101 may first determine whether there is a contact-associated device in the installed application that can transfer files with the sending end 101 through "hishare”, and if so, the option corresponding to the application is displayed in Window 706.
  • the sending end 101 can transfer files with other devices through "hishare”
  • point 1 extension 1 of the above scenario 1 This can avoid the problem that users choose inappropriate contacts and cause file sharing failures.
  • the one or more application program icons may include, for example, an icon 706B of "chat” and an icon 706E of mailbox.
  • One application icon can correspond to one or more contact options.
  • the contacts corresponding to the one or more contact options are all: the user's contacts in the application corresponding to the application icon.
  • the contact corresponding to the one or more contact options may be: a contact whose associated device can transfer files with the sender 101 through “hishare”. In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem that the user selects inappropriate contacts and causes the file sharing failure.
  • the icon 706B of "Hi Chat” corresponds to the option 706C of the contact "MAC”
  • the icon 706E of the mailbox corresponds to the option 706F of the contact "Mark”.
  • Contact options can be used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.).
  • the sender 101 can respond to the user operations detected on the contact options and pass the file selected by the user in the corresponding application. hishare" is sent to the contact corresponding to the contact option.
  • the sender 101 may also display a user interface for displaying communication records between the user and the contact in response to a user operation detected on the contact option, and display the file transfer record in the user interface .
  • a user interface for displaying communication records between the user and the contact in response to a user operation detected on the contact option, and display the file transfer record in the user interface .
  • the user interface used to display the communication records between the user and the contact please refer to the user interface 63 shown in FIGS. 6E-6H, and the file transfer record may refer to the file transfer record 314 in FIGS. 6E-6H, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the sender 101 can directly display the contact options in one or more applications, so that the user can directly share the file to the corresponding contact by selecting the contact option. This method is intuitive and simple for users, and can improve user experience.
  • the sending end 101 may display a menu 604 in the user interface 61 after the user selects a file.
  • the menu 604 includes a "hishare file transfer" option 604A.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 604A can receive a user operation, and the sender 101 can display a window 605 in response to the user operation, so that the user can select an application to share the file.
  • the sender 101 may display a menu that does not include the "hishare file transfer" option in the user interface after the user selects a file.
  • the sender can send the file to the device associated with the contact through "hishare”.
  • FIGS. 7D-7E show the user interface implemented on the sender under extension 2.
  • FIGS. 6B-6C in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 6A-6H can be replaced with FIGS. 7D-7E.
  • FIG. 7D exemplarily shows the menu 707 displayed on the user interface 71 after the user selects a file by the sending terminal 101.
  • the difference between FIG. 7D and FIG. 6B is that the menu 707 of the user interface shown in FIG. 7D does not include the "hishare file transfer" option, but includes an option 707A for sharing pictures and/or videos.
  • Option 707A is used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, long-press operations, etc.), and the sending end 101 may display a window 708 in the user interface shown in FIG. 7E in response to the user operation detected on option 707A.
  • the sending end 101 may also enable the "hishare" in response to the user operation detected on the option 707A.
  • the window 708 may include: prompt information 708A, one or more service options such as icon 708B, icon 708C, icon 708D, icon 708E.
  • the prompt message 708A is used to prompt the user to select a way to share the file.
  • the application or protocol corresponding to the service option can support sharing the file selected by the user to other devices.
  • the sender 101 in response to an operation (such as a touch operation, a click operation) detected on a service option, the sender 101 may trigger to share the selected file to other devices through the application or protocol corresponding to the service option the process of. For example, in response to an operation detected on the icon 708B, the sender 101 may start the application "Hi Chat", and display the user interface shown in FIG.
  • the selected file is sent to the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option.
  • the device associated with the contact is referred to as the receiving end 102 in the following embodiment.
  • the sending end 101 sends the selected file to the receiving end 102 through the application, it can be sent according to any one of the following strategies:
  • the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", it directly sends the picture and/or video selected by the user to the receiving end 102. If the sending end 101 determines that the file cannot be transferred with the receiving end 102 through “hishare”, it will send the pictures and/or videos selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular technologies or Wi-Fi technology.
  • the sending end 101 determines the total size of the file selected by the user, and if the total size exceeds the first threshold, it sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". If the total size does not exceed the first threshold, the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G, or other cellular technology or Wi-Fi technology.
  • the sending end 101 asks the user whether to send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare", and when it detects the user's operation instructing to send the selected file through "hishare", it passes "hishare”
  • the file selected by the user is sent to the receiving terminal 102.
  • the sending end 101 may output visual interface elements, voices, etc. displayed on the display screen to ask the user whether to send the selected file to the receiving end 102 through “hishare”. This strategy can enable the sending end 101 to send pictures and/or videos through "hishare” according to user requirements.
  • Scenario 3 The user chooses a group to share files
  • a group refers to a group of one or more contacts in an application. Users can communicate with one or more contacts in the group in a group.
  • Figures 8A-8B show an embodiment in which a user selects a group in an application.
  • the user interface 81 shown in FIG. 8A is the same as the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
  • the user interface 82 shown in FIG. 8B is similar to the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, except that the user interface 82 is used to display the communication records 802 of the associated users of the sending end 101 and the contacts in the group "workgroup". .
  • the user interface 82 includes: a current page indicator 801, a communication record 802 (the communication record shown in FIG. 8B is empty), a control 803, and some other controls. among them:
  • the current page indicator 801 is used to indicate the current page, for example, the text information "workgroup” is used to indicate that the current page is a page for communication between the associated user of the sending end 101 and the group "workgroup”.
  • the control 803 can be used to monitor user operations, and the sender 101 can display more functional service options in response to user operations on the control 803, such as options for taking pictures, options for sending the current location of the sender 101, etc. Wait.
  • Figures 8C-8E show an embodiment in which the user selects a group in the application and then selects a file to share with the contacts in the group.
  • FIG. 8C exemplarily shows a plurality of function service options displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 803 in the user interface 82 shown in FIG. 8B.
  • the multiple function service options include a "hishare file transfer” option 804.
  • the “hishare file transfer” option “hishare file transfer” option 804 can refer to the “hishare file transfer” option “hishare file transfer” option 310 in FIG. 3C.
  • FIG. 8D exemplarily shows a user interface 83 on the sending end 101 for displaying one or more files stored by the sending end 101.
  • the user interface 83 may refer to the user interface 33 shown in FIG. 3D.
  • Fig. 8E exemplarily shows an embodiment in which the user shares the selected file with the contacts in the group "workgroup" in the first application.
  • the user interface shown in FIG. 8E refer to FIG. 3E and related descriptions.
  • the sending end 101 can detect on the user interface 83 a user operation for sharing the selected file to the contacts in the group "workgroup", and the user operation can be applied to the control 805.
  • the sender 101 can respond to the user operation and share the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup” in the first application. .
  • the sender 101 shares the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup” in the first application there are several ways:
  • the sending terminal 101 sends the file selected by the user to all the devices associated with the contacts in the group "workgroup". For example, assuming that the group “workgroup” contains the contact "Kate” and the contact "Mac", the sender 101 can send the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate” and the contact "Mac” "Associated device.
  • the sender 101 first sends the file selected by the user to the devices associated with some contacts in the group "workgroup”, and then the sender 101 and the device that has received the file jointly send the file to the group"
  • the sender 101 first sends the file selected by the user to the device associated with some contacts in the group "workgroup”, and then the device that has received the file (ie, the device associated with some contacts) sends the file again Forward to the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup” who has not received the file.
  • the device associated with the part of the contact is a device that can transfer files with the sender 101 through “hishare”.
  • the sender 101 can first send the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate” via "hishare” , And then the device associated with the contact “Kate” sends the received file to the device associated with the contact "Mac” via "hishare”.
  • the sender 101 can transfer files via "hishare” to the device associated with the contact "Kate”, but cannot transfer files via "hishare” to the device associated with the contact "Mac", and the contact "Kate”
  • the associated device and the device associated with the contact "Mac” can transfer files through "hishare”.
  • the method (2) can improve the efficiency of file sharing and enhance the user experience.
  • Figures 8F-8I show a user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
  • the sender 101 shares the file selected by the user to the group "workgroup” in the first application.
  • the sending end 101 can display the file transfer record 806 in the communication record 802 shown in the user interface 82.
  • the file transfer record 806 may include: the avatar of the associated user of the sending end 101, the thumbnail or name of one or more files selected by the user, and prompt information 807.
  • the prompt message 807 is used to indicate the transmission status of the file selected by the user to each contact in the group "workgroup".
  • the transmission state of the file that the user has selected to be transmitted to each device can be any one of the following: the first transmission state, the second transmission state, the third transmission state, and the fourth transmission state.
  • the prompt information 807 corresponding to each transmission state please refer to the related description of the file transmission state in the embodiment of FIG. 3F-3I, which will not be repeated here.
  • the UI embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A to 8I also has corresponding related extensions.
  • the sender 101 may display the "hishare file transfer" option after determining that the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup” transmits files through "hishare”. "Option 804.
  • the sender 101 may determine that the device that can be associated with the contact in the group "workgroup” transmits files through "hishare", and then displays that it can receive user operations
  • the "hishare file transfer” option "hishare file transfer” option 804.
  • these related extensions please refer to the related description in scenario 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the user interface implemented on the receiving end 102 is described below.
  • the receiving end 102 is the end that receives the file.
  • the receiving end 102 may be a device associated with the contact selected by the associated user of the sending end 101 in the first application, for example, the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the embodiment of FIG. 3A-3I .
  • the receiving end 102 may include a device associated with a contact in the group selected by the associated user of the sending end 101 in the first application, for example, the group "workgroup” in the embodiment of FIG. 8A-8I. Device associated with each contact in ".
  • 9A-9D exemplarily show the user interface displayed on the receiving end 102.
  • FIG. 9A shows the notification window 901 displayed by the receiving end 102 in the user interface 91 after the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102.
  • the user interface 91 may be the main interface.
  • the notification window 901 can be used to notify the user that the sending terminal 101 wants to transfer a file to the receiving terminal 102 through "hishare", and to ask the user whether to receive the file.
  • the notification window 901 may include: an application program identification 901A, a prompt message 901B, a control 901C, and a control 901D. among them:
  • the application identifier 901A is used to indicate the application used when the associated user of the receiving end 101 shares a file.
  • the implementation form of the application program identifier 901A may include an icon, text (for example, the text message "Hi Chat") and so on.
  • the prompt information 901B is used to indicate the user who initiated the file sharing (for example, the user "Lisa") and file information (for example, the number, size, type, etc. of the file).
  • the prompt information 901B can be implemented in text.
  • the control 901C can be used to monitor user operations.
  • the receiving end 102 refuses to receive the file sent by the sending end 101.
  • the control 901D can be used to monitor user operations.
  • the receiving end 102 starts to receive the file sent by the sending end 101, and jumps to display the associated user (such as the contact "Kate") and the sending end 101 used to display the receiving end 102
  • the user interface 92 of the communication records between associated users (for example, the user "Lisa").
  • the user interface may be provided by a first application.
  • the first application is an application for an associated user of the sending end 101 to initiate file sharing, and the first application is also an application for the receiving end 102 to receive files.
  • the user interface 92 may include: a page indicator 902 and a communication record 903. among them:
  • the page indicator 902 is used to indicate that the current page is used to display the communication records between the associated user of the receiving end 102 (for example, the contact "Kate") and the associated user of the sending end 101 (for example, the user "Lisa”).
  • the communication record 903 may include a file transfer record 904.
  • the file transfer record 904 may include: the avatar of the associated user of the sending end 101, the thumbnails or names of one or more files selected by the user on the sending end 101, and prompt information 905.
  • the prompt message 905 is used to prompt the user of the transmission status of the received file.
  • the prompt information 905 can be used to prompt the user that the file transmission state is the second transmission state.
  • the prompt information 905 can be used to prompt the user that the file transmission state is the third transmission state.
  • the prompt information 905 can be used to prompt the user that the file transmission state is the fourth transmission state.
  • the receiving end 102 can prompt the associated user of the receiving end 102 (ie, the contact selected by the user in the above-mentioned embodiment) when a user shares a file for the The associated user chooses whether to receive the file.
  • the notification window 901 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9A may not be displayed on the main interface but displayed on other user interfaces.
  • the notification window 901 may also be displayed on the sending end 101.
  • the setting interface, the video interface, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the notification window 901 shown in FIG. 9A is not necessary.
  • the receiving end 102 may not display the notification window 901.
  • the sending end 101 sends a file to the receiving end 102 via "hishare"
  • the receiving end 102 directly receives the file from the sending end 101. It is understandable that whether the receiving end 102 displays the notification window 901 can be independently set by the associated user of the receiving end 102, for example, the associated user of the receiving end 102 can set it in the setting interface provided by the receiving end 102.
  • control 901D in the notification window 901 displayed by the receiving terminal 102 may be referred to as the fourth operation option.
  • the operation received by the receiving end 102 on the control 901D may be referred to as a ninth operation.
  • the user interface displayed on the receiving end 102 for displaying communication records between users may be referred to as the seventh user interface.
  • the communication system 1000 may include a plurality of electronic devices such as electronic device 1001, electronic device 1002, electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005,..., Electronic device 100n, etc., and server 1004.
  • the device associated with the user Lisa may be the electronic device 1001
  • the device associated with the user Kate may be the electronic device 1002
  • the device associated with the user Mac may be the electronic device 1003.
  • Multiple electronic devices include a sending end and a receiving end.
  • the sending end is the end that initiates file sharing
  • the receiving end is the end that receives the file.
  • the electronic device 1001 associated with user Lisa is the sending end
  • the electronic device 1002 associated with user Kate is the receiving end as an example for description.
  • the electronic device 1001 may also be referred to as the transmitting end 1001
  • the electronic device 1002 may also be referred to as the receiving end 1002.
  • the sending end 1001 may be the sending end 101 mentioned in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the sending end 1001 may be implemented as the electronic device 100 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B.
  • the sending end 1001 has one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module, an NFC module, and a WLAN module.
  • the sender 1001 can detect or scan devices near the sender 1001 through one or more of the Bluetooth (BT) module, NFC module, and WLAN module, so that the sender 1001 can use one of Bluetooth, NFC or WLAN Or multiple wireless communication technologies to discover nearby devices (such as nearby mobile phones, tablets, etc.), and establish a wireless communication connection with the receiving end 1002 in the nearby devices, through one or more wireless communication technologies in Bluetooth or WLAN Share the file to the receiving end 1002.
  • the Bluetooth (BT) module can provide solutions including one or more of Bluetooth communication in classic Bluetooth (Bluetooth 2.1) or Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE).
  • the WLAN module can provide one or more WLAN communication solutions including Wi-Fi direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or Wi-Fi softAP.
  • the receiving end 1002 may be the receiving end 102 mentioned in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the receiving end 1002 may be implemented as the electronic device 100 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B.
  • the receiving end 1002 has one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module, an NFC module, and a WLAN module.
  • the receiving end 1002 may receive or transmit wireless signals through one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module, an NFC module, and a WLAN module.
  • the Bluetooth (BT) module can provide solutions including one or more of Bluetooth communication in classic Bluetooth (Bluetooth 2.1) or Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE).
  • the WLAN module can provide one or more WLAN communication solutions including Wi-Fi direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or Wi-Fi softAP.
  • the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are both installed with the same one or more applications, for example, a first application program may be installed.
  • the application may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and so on.
  • the server 1004 is a server used to provide services for a certain application installed in the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002.
  • the server 1004 may be a server providing services for the first application.
  • the server 1004 provides various services for the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 through application communication, such as communication record backup service, computing service, connection service, and so on.
  • the server 1004 may associate and store the identification of the user who has registered the first application program and the device identification of the associated device of the user. After the user registers the first application, he can use his user ID and password to log in to the first application on the device.
  • the user's associated device refers to the device currently used when the user logs in to the application.
  • User identification may include, but is not limited to: account number, avatar, nickname, name, face image, Huawei logo (identity, ID), etc.
  • the device identifier may include a media access control (MAC) address, an internet protocol (Internet protocol, IP) address, etc., which may indicate a unique device identifier.
  • MAC media access control
  • IP internet protocol
  • Table 1 exemplarily shows several user IDs and device IDs that are associated and stored in the server 1004.
  • the associated user A. Lisa of the sending end 1001 can use the user ID and password when registering the application to log in to the application on the sending end 1001. Obviously, after the associated user A. Lisa of the sending end 1001 logs in to the application, the sending end 1001 can learn that the user identification of the associated user A. Lisa in the application is "Lisa". In addition, the sender 1001 can also obtain the user ID of the contact of the associated user in the application from the previously stored information or from the server 1004. For example, one of the contacts of the associated user A. Lisa of the sender in the application is J .Kate, the user ID of the contact J.Kate is "Kate".
  • the associated user J. Kate of the receiving end 1002 can also use the user ID and password when registering the application to log in to the application on the receiving end 1002. Obviously, after the associated user J.Kate of the receiving end 1002 logs in to the application, the receiving end 1002 can learn that the user identifier of the associated user J.Kate in the application is "Kate". In addition, the receiving end 1002 can also obtain the user ID of the contact of the associated user in the application from the previously stored information or from the server 1004. For example, one of the contacts of the associated user J.Kate of the receiving end in the application is A. .Lisa, the user ID of contact A.Lisa is "Lisa”.
  • the sending end 1001 and the server 1004 can be connected by 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular mobile communication technologies, LAN or WAN communication technologies, which can facilitate the server 1004 to forward the data sent by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002.
  • the receiving end 1002 and the server 1004 can be connected by LAN or WAN communication technology, which can facilitate the server 1004 to forward the data sent by the receiving end 1002 to the sending end 1001.
  • the sending end 1001 can discover nearby devices through one or more of Bluetooth, NFC, and WLAN wireless communication technologies.
  • the nearby devices can include, for example, electronic devices 1002, electronic devices 1003, and electronic devices 1005. ,..., electronic equipment 100n and so on.
  • the sending end 1001 can determine the device associated with the contact selected by the user in the application among nearby devices, that is, determine the receiving end.
  • the contact selected by the user is "Kate”
  • the associated device of the contact "Kate” that is, the electronic device 1002 is the receiving end
  • the other devices such as electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005,..., electronic device 100n, etc. are not the receiving end .
  • the sending end 1001 can send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare" in the first application. That is, the sending end 1001 can use one or more of Bluetooth, NFC, and WLAN to transfer the file to the receiving end 1002.
  • the file selected by the user is shared to the device associated with the contact, that is, the receiving end 1002.
  • the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 can quickly share files to other nearby devices in the application, without consuming the cellular data traffic of the receiving end and the sending end, and reducing the load of the server 1004.
  • the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not limited, that is, the sending end 1001 can share a larger file to the receiving end 1002.
  • the structure shown in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the communication system 1000.
  • the communication system 1000 may include more or less devices than shown.
  • the communication system 1000 may also include other mobile phones, tablet computers, and other one or more servers having one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module and a WLAN module.
  • BT Bluetooth
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • the expansion can include:
  • Step 1 The sending end 1001 displays a first user interface.
  • the first user interface may display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1001 and the selected contact in the first application.
  • the first user interface may be a user interface provided by the first application program.
  • the first application program may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and the like.
  • the first user interface is used to display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1001 and the selected contact in the first application.
  • the first user interface may refer to the user interface 32 in FIG. 3B.
  • Step 2 The sending end 1001 may detect in the first user interface the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, and in response to the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, the second user interface is displayed.
  • the second user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001. For the second user interface, refer to the user interface 33 in FIG. 3D.
  • the "hishare" file sharing option 310 included in the first user interface may be referred to as the first operation option.
  • the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, that is, the operation received by the sending end 1001 on the first operation option, may be referred to as the first operation.
  • Step 3 The sending end 1001 can detect the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact in the second user interface. In response to the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact, the sending end 1001 passes "Hishare” sends the selected file to the associated device of the contact (ie, the receiving end 1002). The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
  • the selected file may be referred to as the first file.
  • the second user interface may include a first identifier and a second identifier, the first identifier corresponds to the first file, and the second identifier corresponds to the second file stored in the sending end 1001.
  • the operation of the user to select a file that is, the operation received by the sending end 1001 on the first identifier, may be referred to as the second operation.
  • the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact may be referred to as the third operation.
  • the option 312B included in the second user interface may be referred to as a second operation option.
  • the third operation may be an operation received by the sending end 1001 on the second operation option.
  • the sending end 1001 can send the file to the receiving end 1002 through “hishare”.
  • the process of transferring files to other nearby devices through "hishare” can be independent of the communication connection between the sender 1001 and the server. In this way, the sender 1001 can quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, and optimize the user experience.
  • the sender 1001 uses cellular data traffic, it can also save the cellular data traffic consumed by the sender 1001 and reduce the server’s cost. load.
  • the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not limited, that is, the sending end 1001 can share a larger file to the receiving end 1002.
  • FIG. 10B shows the flow of the method for transferring files in the application in the first scenario.
  • the method may include:
  • the sending end 1001 can detect the operation for opening "hishare”.
  • the operation for opening "hishare” may be a click operation or touch operation detected by the sending end 1001 that acts on the switch control 202A of "hishare" in the window 202. Operation and so on.
  • turning on “hishare” may refer to turning on one or more of the Bluetooth module, NFC module, and WLAN module of the sending end 1001.
  • the sender 1001 can discover the vicinity of the sender 1001 through one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN. device of.
  • S1001-S1002 may be optional steps, and the user may also select a contact who shares the file in the application and trigger the sender 1001 to start "hishare". In other words, it is not necessary to turn on "hishare" in advance.
  • the sending end 1002 starts the first application and displays the first user interface.
  • the first user interface may display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1002 and the selected contact in the first application.
  • the first user interface may be a user interface provided by the first application program.
  • the first application program may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and the like.
  • the first user interface is used to display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1002 and the selected contact in the first application.
  • the exemplary implementation of the first user interface may refer to the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 4C, the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4D or FIG. 4E or FIG. 4F, The user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B or FIG. 5C.
  • the first user interface may be displayed in the following manner:
  • the sender 1001 displays a user interface provided by the first application program displaying one or more contact options.
  • a user interface provided by the first application program displaying one or more contact options.
  • the user interface refer to the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A or the user interface shown in FIG. 5A. Interface 51.
  • the sender 1001 detects a user operation for selecting a contact.
  • the operation for selecting a contact may be: a click operation, touch operation, etc., that acts on a contact option detected by the sender 1001.
  • the contact option The corresponding contact is the selected contact;
  • the sending end 1001 displays the first user interface in response to the detected operation for selecting a contact.
  • the first user interface displays the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1001 and the selected contact in the first application.
  • S1004 While the sending end 1001 displays the first user interface, it turns on "hishare”. S1004 is an optional step, and the user can also trigger the sending end 1001 to enable "hishare" in advance, please refer to S1001-S1002. The user can also trigger the sender 1001 to turn on "hishare” later, refer to S1006.
  • the sending end 1001 may detect an operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001 in the first user interface.
  • the operation for viewing files stored in the sending end 1001 may be, for example, user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.) acting on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3C, and acting on User operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.) on the "hishare file transfer” option 310 in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4C, and actions on the "hishare file transfer” option 310 in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4F
  • User operations for example, click operations, touch operations, etc.
  • user operations for example, click operations, touch operations, etc. acting on the "photo” option 501 in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5C.
  • S1006 In response to the detected operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, the sending end 1001 turns on "hishare". S1006 is an optional step, and the user can also trigger the sending end 1001 to enable "hishare" in advance. You can refer to S1001-S1002, or refer to S1004.
  • S1007 In response to the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001 detected in the first user interface, the sending end 1001 displays the second user interface.
  • the second user interface displays: the identification of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
  • the second user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
  • the identification of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001 is displayed in the second user interface.
  • the files stored in the sending end 1001 may include, but are not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on.
  • the identification of the file can be the thumbnail, name, etc. of the file.
  • the achievable form of the second user interface can refer to the user interface 33 shown in FIG. 3D and the user interface 53 shown in FIG. 5D.
  • the achievable form of the identification of the file can refer to the thumbnail or name of the file in the file area 313 shown in FIG. 3D, and the thumbnail of the file in the file area 504 shown in FIG. 5D.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence of S1008 and S1007.
  • the sending end 1001 can execute S1007 and S1008 at the same time, or execute S1007 first, or execute S1008 first.
  • the sending end 1001 determines the device associated with the contact among the discovered nearby devices, that is, the receiving end 1002 is determined.
  • the sending end 1001 determines the specific implementation of the receiving end 1002 in nearby devices, and the subsequent content will be described in detail, and will not be repeated here.
  • the sending end 1001 may detect a user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact in the second user interface.
  • the selected files may include one or more of the following: selected pictures, selected documents, selected web pages, selected audios, selected links, and so on.
  • the user operation for sharing the selected file to the contact may be, for example, a user operation on the control 312B in FIG. 3E, a user operation on the control 503B in FIG. 5E, and the like.
  • the manner in which the sender 1001 determines the selected file and the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact can refer to the relevant description in the aforementioned UI embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • S1011-S1016 In response to the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the associated device of the contact (ie, the receiving end 1002) through "hishare". The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
  • the sending end 1001 can establish a communication connection with the receiving end 1002.
  • the sending end 1001 can establish a Bluetooth communication connection, a Wi-Fi direct communication connection (such as a Wi-Fip2p connection), a SoftAP connection, and the like with the receiving end 1002. Specifically, the sending end 1001 may send a connection establishment request to the receiving end 1002 according to the device identifier of the receiving end 1002, and the receiving end 1002 may return a response that the connection establishment is successful to the sending end 1001.
  • the information required when the sender 1001 and the receiver 1002 establish a connection can be negotiated by the sender and receiver after the device associated with the contact is determined in S1008-S1009.
  • the sending end and the receiving end establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection in S1011
  • the sending end 1001 can discover nearby devices through Bluetooth in S1008, and after determining the receiving end 1002 in S1009, establish Bluetooth communication with the receiving end 1002 Connect, and send a service set identifier (SSID) and password required for establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection to the receiving end 1002 through the Bluetooth communication connection.
  • the receiving end 1002 connects to the sending end 1001 according to the SSID and password, so that the receiving end 1001 and the sending end 1002 can successfully establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
  • S1011 is an optional step. If the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are in the same LAN, the sending end 1001 can directly transmit the selected file to the receiving end 1002 according to the device identification of the receiving end 1002 without establishing a communication connection.
  • the sender 1001 when the sender 1001 transmits the selected file through one or more of the wireless communication technologies of Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), and Wi-Fi softAP, the sender 1001 needs to establish a communication connection with the receiving end 1002 after determining the receiving end 1002.
  • the sending end 1001 transmits the selected file through Wi-Fi LAN wireless communication technology
  • the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are already in the same LAN, the file can be transferred directly.
  • the sending end 1001 may send a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002.
  • the file sharing request is used to request the receiving end 1002 to receive the file shared by the sending end 1001.
  • the sending end 1001 may send a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002 through an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection), or to the receiving end 1002 through a LAN or NFC. Send a file sharing request.
  • an established communication connection such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection
  • the sending end 1001 may send the file sharing request to the server 1004 through a communication connection with the server 1004, and the server 1004 sends the file sharing request to the receiving end 1002.
  • the file sharing request may carry the user identification of the selected contact, and the server 1004 may determine the user identification of the selected contact in the data stored in its own association with the user identification of the selected contact.
  • the user ID of is associated with the stored device ID, that is, the device ID of the receiving end 1002 is determined, and the file sharing request is sent to the receiving end 1002.
  • the file sharing request may carry the device identification of the receiving end 1002, and the server 1004 may directly send the file sharing request to the receiving end 1002 according to the device identification of the receiving end 1002.
  • Sending the file sharing request through the server allows the server 1004 to learn and record the current file transfer event between the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002.
  • the file sharing request may also carry instruction information.
  • the instruction information can be used to indicate the size, type, etc. of the shared file.
  • S1013 The sending end 1001 displays a prompt message.
  • the prompt information may prompt the current file transmission status of the associated user of the sending end 1001.
  • the prompt information is used to prompt the transmission state of the current file of the associated user of the sending end 1001 to be the first transmission state.
  • the first transmission state may mean that the selected file is waiting to be received by the receiving end 1002.
  • prompt information refer to the prompt information 315 in FIG. 3F and the prompt information 506 in FIG. 5F.
  • the receiving end 1002 may display a notification window.
  • the notification window is used to ask the associated user of the receiving end 1002 whether to accept the file sharing request from the sending end 1001, that is, to ask the user whether to receive the selected file.
  • the notification window refer to the notification window 901 in FIG. 9A.
  • the user operation for receiving the file sharing request from the sending end 1001 may be an operation acting on the control 901D in the window 901 of FIG. 9A.
  • the receiving end 1002 may send a sharing request response to the sending end 1001 through an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection), or to the sending end 1001 through a LAN or NFC. Send response to sharing request.
  • the receiving end 1002 may send the sharing request response to the server 1004 through a communication connection with the server 1004, and the server 1004 sends the sharing request response to the sending end 1001.
  • S1015 may not be necessary.
  • the sending end 1001 sends a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002
  • the receiving end 1002 can directly return the sharing request response, and the file from the sending end 1001 can be received without user intervention.
  • the sending end 1001 may send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 1002 through an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection), or through a LAN.
  • an established communication connection such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection
  • the sending end 1001 transmits files in the application to other nearby devices, namely the receiving end 1002, without relying on the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server 1004, and the file can be quickly transferred to the receiving end 1002 in the application.
  • the cellular data traffic consumed by the sender 1001 can also be saved, and the load on the server can be reduced.
  • the sending end 1001 transmits files in the application to other nearby devices, namely the receiving end 1002, the process does not rely on the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server 1004, and the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not affected. Restriction, that is, the sending end 1001 can share larger files to the receiving end 1002.
  • the sending end 1001 can also combine an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or Wi-Fi direct communication connection)/LAN at the same time, and the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server will be The file selected by the user is sent to the receiving end 1002.
  • an established communication connection such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or Wi-Fi direct communication connection
  • the sending end 1001 may simultaneously combine an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection)/LAN when the file selected by the user is greater than the second threshold.
  • the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 1002.
  • the sending end 1001 can divide the file selected by the user into two parts, and send a part of the file through the established communication connection (such as Bluetooth communication connection and/or Wi-Fi direct communication connection)/LAN, and pass it between the server and the server.
  • the communication link sends another part of the file.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the sending end 1001 divides the file into two parts.
  • the sending end 1001 may send the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through an AIDL calling function (for example, PreSend Send).
  • AIDL calling function for example, PreSend Send
  • S1012-S1015 may not be necessary. That is, the sending end 1001 may directly send the selected file to the device associated with the contact after detecting the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact.
  • the receiving end 1002 may display a prompt message during the file transfer process, or may display the prompt message after the file transfer ends.
  • the prompt information can be used to prompt the file transmission status of the associated user (ie, the selected contact) of the receiving end 1002.
  • the receiving end 1002 may feed back the transmission status of the file to the sending end 1001 during the file transmission process, and may also feedback the transmission status of the file to the sending end 1001 after the file transmission is completed.
  • the sending end 1001 may also display a prompt message to prompt the transmission status of the associated user file of the sending end 1001.
  • the sending end 1001 may call a function (for example, onTransStateChange) through AIDL to obtain the transmission state of the file.
  • the receiving end 1002 may call a function (for example, OnProgress) through AIDL to obtain the transmission status of the file.
  • the file transfer status may include, but is not limited to:
  • the second transmission state may mean that the selected file is being transmitted to the receiving end 1002.
  • the third transmission state may mean that the selected file is successfully transmitted to the receiving end 1002.
  • the fourth transmission state may mean that the selected file has not been successfully transmitted to the receiving end 1002.
  • the prompt information displayed by the receiving end 1002 may refer to: one or more of the prompt information 905 in the file transfer record 903 shown in FIGS. 9B to 9D exemplarily.
  • the prompt information 905 reference may be made to the relevant content and extensions in the embodiments of FIGS. 9B to 9C, which will not be repeated here.
  • the prompt information displayed by the sending end 1001 may refer to: one or more of the prompt information 315 in the file transfer record 314 shown in FIG. 3G-FIG. 3I, or the prompt information 315 in FIG. 5G-FIG.
  • the prompt information 315 reference may be made to the relevant content and extensions in the embodiments of FIGS. 3G-3I, which will not be repeated here.
  • the prompt information 506 please refer to the related content and extensions in the embodiments of FIGS. 5G-5I, which will not be repeated here.
  • the prompt information displayed by the sending end 1001 may be displayed in the third user interface.
  • the third user interface For an exemplary implementation of the third user interface, reference may be made to the user interface shown in any one of FIG. 3F-FIG. 3I and FIG. 5F-FIG. 5I.
  • the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 can also stop other methods to prompt the file transmission status, for example, it can also be prompted by playing a voice, etc.
  • the application embodiment does not limit this.
  • S1017-S1019 may not be necessary. In other words, both the receiving end and the sending end do not need to feed back the transmission status of the file.
  • the devices near the sending end 1001 can perform Bluetooth broadcasting, that is, send Bluetooth broadcast packets; the sending end 1001 can perform Bluetooth scanning to scan broadcast packets broadcast by nearby devices.
  • the broadcast packet may carry the device identification of the device.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1002 carries the device identification of the electronic device 1002
  • the Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1003 carries the device identification of the electronic device 1003.
  • the sending end 1001 can discover nearby devices according to the device identifiers in the scanned broadcast packet, for example, discover nearby electronic devices 1002 and electronic devices 1003.
  • the broadcast packet may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device.
  • the broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1002 carries the user identification of the user "Kate” in the first application.
  • the broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1003 carries the user identification of the user "Mac” in the first application, such as the account " Mac", and the user identification of the user "Mac” in the second application, such as the account "Mac”.
  • the user identification in the broadcast packet can be used by the sender 1001 to determine the device associated with the selected contact among nearby devices, that is, to determine the receiver. The subsequent embodiments will describe this process in detail.
  • the sending end 1001 may broadcast a probe request to the outside. After listening to the detection request, nearby devices (such as printers) can respond with a probe response to notify their existence.
  • the probe response may carry the device identification of the device, and may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device.
  • the device identification can refer to the device identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1
  • the user identification can refer to the user identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1.
  • nearby devices can periodically send out beacon frames.
  • the sender 1001 can discover nearby devices by monitoring the Beacon frames sent by nearby devices.
  • the Beacon frame may carry the device identification of the device, and may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device.
  • the device identification can refer to the device identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1
  • the user identification can refer to the user identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1.
  • the sending end 1001 can adopt Wi-Fi direct wireless communication technology to actively discover nearby devices or passively discover nearby devices.
  • the sender 1001 can determine the IP address range of the LAN according to its own IP address and subnet mask in the LAN, and then can discover the devices in the LAN by means of unicast polling. Not limited to this, the sender 1001 can also discover the devices in the LAN through broadcast messages or multicast messages in the LAN. After receiving a broadcast message, a multicast message, or a polling message, the device in the LAN can reply its own information to the sender 1001. The information may carry the device identification of the device, and may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device.
  • the device identification can refer to the device identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1
  • the user identification can refer to the user identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1.
  • the sender 1001 discovers nearby devices.
  • the sender 1001 can also use other methods to discover nearby devices based on wireless communication technologies such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi Direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or NFC. Equipment, this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the sending end 1001 can use any of the above methods to find nearby devices, and then call a function (for example, OnDeviceFound) through the Android interface definition language (AIDL), so that it can be used in nearby devices. Determine the device associated with the contact.
  • a function for example, OnDeviceFound
  • AIDL Android interface definition language
  • the sending end 1001 determines the device associated with the contact among the discovered nearby devices in detail below, that is, several implementation manners for determining the receiving end 1002:
  • the sender 1001 determines the receiver according to the user ID sent by nearby devices
  • a nearby device may send the user identifier of the associated user of the device in an application installed on the device to the sending end 1001.
  • the sending end 1001 may search for a user ID that is the same as the user ID of the selected contact among the received user IDs. If the user ID that is the same as the user ID of the selected contact is found, the device that sends the user ID is determined as the receiving end.
  • the sending end 1001 may determine that the electronic device 1002 sending the user account "Kate" is the receiving end.
  • the sending end 1001 determines the receiving end through the server 1004 corresponding to the first application
  • the sending end 1001 may send a request to the server 1004, the request carrying the user identification of the selected contact, and the request is used to inquire about the identification of the device that the contact currently uses to log in to the first application. Since the server 1004 stores the identification of the user who registered the first application in association with the device identification of the user's associated device, the server 1004 can find the user identification that is stored in association with the user identification according to the user identification carried in the request. Equipment Identity. After that, the server 1004 may send the found device identification to the sending end 1001. After receiving the device identification sent by the server, the sending end 1001 determines the device represented by the device identification as the receiving end.
  • the sender 1001 may send a request carrying the account "Kate” to the server. After the server 1004 receives the request, it can find the device ID corresponding to the account "Kate” according to the data stored in Table 1, and send the device ID to the sending end 1001. The sending end 1001 may determine the electronic device 1002 represented by the device identifier as the receiving end.
  • the user identification may be a Huawei ID.
  • the Huawei ID may not be directly transmitted between devices, but may be transmitted between devices through the hash values of the Huawei ID.
  • the hash value of the Huawei ID is calculated by the device using a hash function to calculate the Huawei ID.
  • the expansion can include:
  • Step 1 The sending end 1001 displays a fourth user interface, and the fourth user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
  • the fourth user interface may be a user interface provided by the second application program.
  • the second application program may be, for example, a gallery, a file manager, a document manager, and so on.
  • the fourth user interface may refer to the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6A or FIG. 6B.
  • Step 2 The sending end 1001 may detect a user operation for sharing the selected file in the fourth user interface, and in response to the user operation for sharing the selected file, display one or more application options.
  • the selected file may be referred to as the third file.
  • the fourth user interface includes a third identifier and a fourth identifier, the third identifier corresponds to the third file, and the fourth identifier corresponds to the fourth file stored in the sending end 1001.
  • the operation of the user selecting the third file that is, the operation received by the sending end 1001 on the third identifier, may be referred to as the fifth operation.
  • the user operation for sharing the selected file may be referred to as the sixth operation.
  • the "hishare file transfer" option 604A in the fourth user interface may be referred to as the third operation option, and the sixth operation may be received by the sending end 1001 on the third operation option operating.
  • Step 3 The sender 1001 can detect a user operation acting on an application option, and in response to the user operation acting on an application option, a fifth user interface is displayed, and the fifth user interface includes one or more contact options .
  • the user operation acting on the application option may be referred to as the seventh operation.
  • the application option corresponds to the first application.
  • the fifth user interface may be a user interface provided by the first application program.
  • the first application program may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and the like.
  • the fifth user interface may refer to the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D or the user interface 71 shown in FIG. 7B.
  • Step 4 The sending end 1001 can detect the user operation acting on the contact option in the fifth user interface, and in response to the user operation acting on the contact option, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file through "hishare" Give the associated device of the contact corresponding to the contact option (that is, the receiving end 1002). The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
  • the user operation acting on the contact option may be referred to as the eighth operation.
  • the sending end 1001 may also display the sixth user interface in response to the user operation acting on the contact option.
  • the sixth user interface includes: the communication records and prompt information of the first user and the second user in the first application, and the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the third file.
  • the sending end 1001 can send the file to the receiving end 1002 through “hishare”.
  • the process of transferring files to other nearby devices through "hishare" can be independent of the communication connection between the sender 1001 and the server. In this way, the sender 1001 can quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimize the user experience, and can also save the cellular data traffic consumed by the sender 1001 and reduce the load of the server.
  • the sending end 1001 transmits files in the application to other nearby devices, namely the receiving end 1002, the process does not rely on the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server 1004, and the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not affected. Restriction, that is, the sending end 1001 can share larger files to the receiving end 1002.
  • FIG. 10C shows the flow of the method for transferring files in the application in the second scenario.
  • the method may include:
  • S1101-S1102 Turn on "hishare" in advance. For details, refer to S1001-S1002 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • S1103 The electronic device displays a fourth user interface, and the fourth user interface displays: the identifier of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
  • the fourth user interface may be provided by the second application.
  • the fourth user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
  • the identification of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001 is displayed in the fourth user interface.
  • the files stored in the sending terminal 1001 may include, but are not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on.
  • the identification of the file can be the thumbnail, name, etc. of the file.
  • the achievable form of the fourth user interface can refer to the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6A or 6B and the user interface 73 shown in FIG. 7D.
  • the achievable form of the identification of the file can refer to the thumbnail or the name of the file in the file area 603 shown in FIG. 6A.
  • the sending end 1001 may detect an operation for sharing the selected file in the fourth user interface.
  • the selected files can include one or more of the following: selected pictures, selected documents, selected web pages, selected audios, selected links, and so on.
  • An exemplary implementation of the operation for sharing the selected file may include: a user operation acting on the control 604A in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6B, and a user operation acting on the control 707A in the user interface 73 shown in FIG. 7D. User operation.
  • S1105 In response to the detected operation for sharing the selected file, the sender 1001 turns on "hishare". S1105 is an optional step, and the user can also trigger the sending end 1001 to enable "hishare" in advance, please refer to S1101-S1102.
  • S1106 In response to the detected operation for sharing the selected file, the sending end 1001 displays one or more application options in the fourth user interface.
  • the application corresponding to one or more application options displayed in the fourth user interface can be all applications installed on the sending end 1001 that can be used to share files, or can be installed on the sending end 1001 that can be used to share files
  • the device associated with the contact can transfer files with the sender 1001 through "hishare" application.
  • the sending end 1001 can detect the operation that acts on the application options
  • S1108 In response to the operation on the application options, the sending end 1001 displays a fifth user interface, and the fifth user interface displays one or more contact options.
  • the fifth user interface may be an application program corresponding to the application option, for example, a user interface provided by the first application program.
  • a user interface provided by the first application program.
  • the fifth user interface refer to the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D or the user interface 71 shown in FIG. 7B.
  • the one or more contact options in the fifth user interface may include the contacts of the associated user of the sender 1001 in the first application, and the associated device can correspond to the contacts of the sender 101 who transfer files through "hishare".
  • the contact options may also include the contact options corresponding to all the contacts of the associated user of the sending end 1001 in the first application, or the associated user of the sending end 1001 communicated in the first application recently Options for one or more contacts.
  • the sending end 1001 can detect an operation acting on the contact option in the fifth user interface.
  • the sending end 1001 can detect a click operation, a touch operation, etc., on the contact "Kate" option 609B in the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D.
  • S1110 Under the condition that "hishare" is turned on, the sender 1001 can discover nearby devices, such as electronic device 1001, electronic device 1002, electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005..., electronic device 100n. n is a positive integer. For details, refer to S1008 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence of S1110 and S1107.
  • the sending end 1001 can execute S1107 and S1110 at the same time, or execute S1107 first, or execute S1110 first.
  • the sending end 1001 determines the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option operated by the user in the discovered nearby devices, that is, the receiving end 1002 is determined. For details, refer to S1009 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • S1112 The sending end 1001 can establish a communication connection with the receiving end 1002. For details, refer to S1011 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • the sending end 1001 may send a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002.
  • the file sharing request is used to request the receiving end 1002 to receive the file shared by the sending end 1001.
  • S1012 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • S1114 The sending end 1001 displays a prompt message.
  • the prompt information may prompt the current file transmission status of the associated user of the sending end 1001.
  • the prompt information is used to prompt the transmission state of the current file of the associated user of the sending end 1001 to be the first transmission state.
  • the first transmission state may mean that the selected file is waiting to be received by the receiving end 1002.
  • prompt information refers to the prompt information 611 in FIG. 6F.
  • S1115 After receiving the file sharing request sent by the sending end 1001, the receiving end 1002 may display a notification window. For details, refer to S1014 in the method embodiment in FIG. 10B.
  • S1116 After the receiving end 1002 detects a user operation for accepting the file sharing request of the sending end 1001 in the notification window, it returns a sharing request response to the sending end 1001. For details, refer to S1015 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • S1117 After receiving the share request response returned by the receiving end 1002, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare". The sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare" not completely through the server. For details, refer to S1016 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • S1118-S1120 feedback the file transfer status. For details, refer to S1017-S1019 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
  • the prompt information displayed by the sending end 1001 may be displayed in the sixth user interface.
  • the sixth user interface For an exemplary implementation of the sixth user interface, reference may be made to the user interface shown in any one of FIGS. 6E to 6H.
  • the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are both pre-bound to the third-party interface ShareKit service.
  • the ShareKit service is used to support the method of transferring files without traffic in the running application of the device.
  • the ShareKit service supports the sender 1001 to call the function (such as PreSend Send) to send the selected file to the receiver 1002 through AIDL.
  • a function obtains the transmission status of the file, and determines the receiving end 1002 by calling a function (for example, OnDeviceFound) through AIDL; it can also support the receiving end 1002 to obtain the transmission status of the file through AIDL calling a function (for example, OnProgress).
  • a function for example, OnTransStateChange
  • the ShareKit service may be a system function preset in the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002.
  • the ShareKit service can be opened in the form of Android archive (aar) and Android installation package (Android packet, APK).
  • the first application on the sending end or the receiving end can call the aar interface to obtain the ShareKit service.
  • FIG. 11 shows the architecture of providing ShareKit services on the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002.
  • the architecture can include kit interface carriers, interaction mechanisms, and kit implementation carriers. among them:
  • the kit interface carrier may include an aar and a Java archive (Java archive, JAR) of an application (for example, the first application) installed on the device.
  • JAR Java archive
  • the interaction mechanism may include an AIDL mechanism, a shared library (shared library) mechanism, a software development kit (software development kit, SDK) mechanism, and a shared feature (share feature) mechanism.
  • AIDL AIDL mechanism
  • shared library shared library
  • software development kit software development kit
  • shared feature shared feature
  • the kit implementation carrier can be stored in ROM.
  • the kit implementation carrier may include: preset APK, preset library, various system services and common services, shared feature, etc.
  • the method, electronic device, and system for transferring files in applications can enable users to quickly share files with other users nearby through applications installed on the electronic device.
  • the process of sharing files does not depend on the server.
  • the implementation of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application has the following beneficial effects: the electronic device can quickly and quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimizing the user experience; regardless of whether there is a connection between the electronic device and the server
  • the communication connection, whether the communication connection is good the electronic device can share files to other devices, which can save the cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device and reduce the load of the server;
  • the size of the file shared by the electronic device is not limited, which means that the electronic device The device can share larger files to other surrounding devices.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk).
  • the process can be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware.
  • the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. , May include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: ROM or random storage RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Disclosed are a method for transmitting a file in an application in a traffic-free manner, and an electronic device and a system. By using the method, an electronic device can quickly share, in an application program, a file with other nearby devices by means of a WiFi direct communication connection established between the electronic device and the other devices. By implementing the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, an electronic device can quickly and conveniently transmit, in an application, a file to other surrounding devices, optimizing the usage experience of a user, and can also save on cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device, reducing the load of a server; in addition, there is no limit to the size of the file shared by the electronic device.

Description

应用中传输文件的方法、电子设备及系统Method, electronic equipment and system for transferring files in application
本申请要求于2019年12月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为201911419935.2、申请名称为“应用中传输文件的方法、电子设备及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on December 31, 2019, the application number is 201911419935.2, and the application name is "Methods, Electronic Equipment and Systems for File Transmission in Applications", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及近距离通信以及终端技术领域,特别涉及应用中传输文件的方法、电子设备及系统。This application relates to the field of short-range communication and terminal technology, and in particular to methods, electronic devices and systems for transferring files in applications.
背景技术Background technique
随着无线通讯技术的发展,智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备开始支持用户通过即时通讯应用(application,APP)来分享图片、视频、文档、音乐等文件,提高了用户的使用体验。With the development of wireless communication technology, electronic devices such as smart phones and tablet computers have begun to support users to share pictures, videos, documents, music and other files through instant messaging applications (applications, APP), which improves the user experience.
目前,用户通过即时通讯应用分享文件时,电子设备首先通过网络(例如蜂窝网络、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi)等)将文件传输至服务器,再由服务器将该文件转发给对端设备。这样分享文件的方式具有以下不足:At present, when users share files through instant messaging applications, the electronic device first transmits the files to the server via the network (such as cellular network, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi), etc.), and then the server forwards the file to the peer equipment. This way of sharing files has the following shortcomings:
1、该方式依赖电子设备和服务器之间的通信连接,网络状况较差时会影响文件传输的效率。1. This method relies on the communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and the efficiency of file transfer will be affected when the network condition is poor.
2、由于需要通过网络传输文件,通常情况下用户只能分享较小的文件,分享较大文件时会需要更多时长,用户体验不佳。2. Due to the need to transfer files through the network, users can only share smaller files under normal circumstances, and sharing larger files will take more time and the user experience is not good.
3、较多用户使用该即时通讯应用分享文件时,会导致服务器负载过大。3. When many users use this instant messaging application to share files, the server load will be too large.
如何在用户通过即时通讯应用分享文件时,满足用户的快速传输、大文件传输等需求,给用户更佳的使用体验,是当前研究的方向。How to meet the needs of users for fast transmission and large file transmission when users share files through instant messaging applications, and to provide users with a better user experience, is the direction of current research.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了应用中免流量传输文件的方法、电子设备及系统,可以使得电子设备在应用中快速、迅捷地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,优化用户的使用体验,文件传输过程可在没有网络的情况下进行。The embodiments of the application provide a method, electronic device, and system for transferring files without traffic in an application, which can enable the electronic device to quickly and quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimize the user experience, and the file transfer process can be Do it without a network.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种应用中传输文件的方法,应用于第一设备。该方法包括:第一设备显示第一用户界面,该第一用户界面中包括:第一用户和第二用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录、第一操作选项;响应于在该第一操作选项上接收到的第一操作,该第一设备显示第二用户界面,该第二用户界面中包括第一标识和第二标识,该第一标识对应于在该第一设备中存储的第一文件,该第二标识对应于在该第一设备中存储的第二文件;该第一设备接收对该第一标识的第二操作,选择该第一文件;响应于对该第一文件进行分享的第三操作,该第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第一文件发送给该第二设备;其中,该第一用户在该第一设备上登录该第一应用程序,该第二用户 在该第二设备上登录该第一应用程序。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for transferring files in an application, which is applied to a first device. The method includes: a first device displays a first user interface, the first user interface includes: a first user and a second user's communication records in a first application, a first operation option; in response to the first operation For the first operation received on the option, the first device displays a second user interface. The second user interface includes a first identifier and a second identifier, and the first identifier corresponds to the first identifier stored in the first device. File, the second identifier corresponds to a second file stored in the first device; the first device receives a second operation on the first identifier, selects the first file; responds to sharing the first file In the third operation, the first device sends the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device; wherein, the first user logs in to the second device on the first device The first application, the second user logs in the first application on the second device.
实施第一方面的方法,电子设备可以在应用程序中,通过和其他设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接快速分享文件给附近的其他设备。该方法不依赖于服务器,无论在电子设备和服务器之间是否有通信连接、该通信连接是否良好,均可以支持用户分享文件。该方法可以优化用户的使用体验,还可以节省电子设备消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。并且,通过Wi-Fi直连通信连接分享文件的方式使得电子设备能够分享的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说该方法可以支持电子设备分享较大的文件至周围的其他设备。这样使用电子设备上的应用来分享文件的过程对用户来说直观、简单且快速。By implementing the method of the first aspect, the electronic device can quickly share files with other nearby devices in the application through Wi-Fi direct communication connections with other devices. The method does not rely on the server, and can support users to share files regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and whether the communication connection is good. This method can optimize user experience, save cellular data traffic consumed by electronic devices, and reduce server load. In addition, the way of sharing files through Wi-Fi direct communication connection makes the size of the files that the electronic device can share is not limited, that is to say, the method can support the electronic device to share larger files to other surrounding devices. In this way, the process of using the application on the electronic device to share the file is intuitive, simple and fast for the user.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一应用程序可以是即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用等等。第一用户界面可以是电子设备运行第一应用程序时所显示的界面。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first application may be an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and so on. The first user interface may be an interface displayed when the electronic device runs the first application program.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一文件或第二文件可包括但不限于:图片、音频、视频、文档、链接等等。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first file or the second file may include, but is not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备可以通过蓝牙发现并确定第二设备。使用蓝牙可以保证第一设备快速发现并确定第二设备,提高分享文件的效率。在一种实施方式中,第一设备可以在显示第一用户界面后,通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备,并在发现的该一个或多个设备中确定该第二设备。在另一种实施方式中,第一设备可以响应于第一操作,通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备,并在发现的该一个或多个设备中确定该第二设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first device can discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth. Using Bluetooth can ensure that the first device quickly discovers and determines the second device, and improves the efficiency of sharing files. In an embodiment, the first device may discover one or more devices through Bluetooth after displaying the first user interface, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices. In another implementation manner, the first device may, in response to the first operation, discover one or more devices via Bluetooth, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices.
在一些实施例中,第一设备可以接收到一个或多个设备发送的蓝牙广播包,该蓝牙广播包中包括用户标识,该用户标识对应的用户在该设备上登录该第一应用程序。该一个或多个设备即为第一设备发现的一个或多个设备。第一设备可以将该一个或多个设备中,发送第一标识的设备确定为该第二设备;该第一标识为该第二用户的用户标识。这样,第一设备可以在发现的一个或多个设备中,确定第二用户登录第一应用程序时所使用的设备。In some embodiments, the first device may receive a Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by one or more devices, and the Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user identification, and a user corresponding to the user identification logs in the first application on the device. The one or more devices are one or more devices discovered by the first device. The first device may determine the device that sends the first identification among the one or more devices as the second device; the first identification is the user identification of the second user. In this way, the first device can determine the device used by the second user to log in to the first application among the discovered one or more devices.
在一些实施例中,第一设备在确定第二设备之后,将第一文件发送给第二设备之前,可以执行和该第二设备之间的建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。In some embodiments, after determining the second device, the first device may perform a process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device before sending the first file to the second device.
在一些实施例中,第一设备可以在执行和该第二设备之间的建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程之前,执行和该第二设备之间的建立蓝牙通信连接的过程,并通过建立的该蓝牙通信连接将服务集标识SSID和密码发送给该第二设备;该SSID和该密码用于该第二设备执行和该第一设备之间的建立该Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。也就是说,第一设备可以先和第二设备建立蓝牙通信连接,再基于该蓝牙通信连接和第二设备建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接,这样可以迅速建立该Wi-Fi直连通信连接,从而提高分享文件的效率。In some embodiments, the first device may perform the process of establishing a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device before performing the process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, and pass The established Bluetooth communication connection sends the service set identification SSID and password to the second device; the SSID and the password are used by the second device to perform the establishment of the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device process. In other words, the first device can first establish a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device, and then establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device based on the Bluetooth communication connection, so that the Wi-Fi direct communication connection can be quickly established. Thereby improving the efficiency of sharing files.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第二用户界面中还包括第二操作选项,第三操作包括:选择该第一文件后在该第二操作选项上接收到的操作。在一种实施方式中,第一设备可以在选择第一文件后,在该第二用户界面上显示该第二操作选项,这样可以提示用户分享第一文件,给用户更优的使用体验。在另一种实施方式中,第一设备可以在显示第二用户界面时,同时在第二用户界面上显示该第二操作选项。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the second user interface further includes a second operation option, and the third operation includes: an operation received on the second operation option after the first file is selected. In an implementation manner, the first device may display the second operation option on the second user interface after selecting the first file, so that the user may be prompted to share the first file and give the user a better user experience. In another implementation manner, the first device may simultaneously display the second operation option on the second user interface while displaying the second user interface.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备将第一文件发送给第二设备之后,还可以显示第三用户界面,该第三用户界面中包括提示信息,该提示信息用于指示该第一文件的传输状态。第一文件的传输状态可包括但不限于:第一文件正在等待被第二设备接收、第 一文件正在被传输给第二设备、第一文件未被成功传输给第二设备、第一文件被成功传输给第二设备等等。这样,可以使得用户直观地获知第一文件的传输状态,给用户更好的使用体验。在一些实施例中,该第三用户界面中还可包括第一用户和第二用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录。结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备可以在通过和该第二设备之间的该Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第一文件发送给该第二设备之前,向该第二设备发送文件分享请求;并在接收到该第二设备响应于该文件分享请求发送的分享请求应答的情况下,通过和该第二设备之间的该Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第一文件发送给该第二设备。这样可以在得到第二用户的同意的情况下将第一文件发送给第二设备,可以保证用户的使用体验。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, after the first device sends the first file to the second device, a third user interface may also be displayed. The third user interface includes prompt information, and the prompt information is used to indicate the The transmission status of the first file. The transmission status of the first file may include, but is not limited to: the first file is waiting to be received by the second device, the first file is being transferred to the second device, the first file is not successfully transferred to the second device, and the first file is being transferred to the second device. Successfully transmitted to the second device and so on. In this way, the user can intuitively learn the transmission status of the first file, and give the user a better experience. In some embodiments, the third user interface may further include a communication record of the first user and the second user in the first application. With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first device may send the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, and send the file to the second device. The device sends a file sharing request; and in the case of receiving a sharing request response sent by the second device in response to the file sharing request, the first device is connected through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device The file is sent to the second device. In this way, the first file can be sent to the second device with the consent of the second user, and the user experience can be guaranteed.
在一些实施例中,文件分享请求可以服务器发送。具体的,第一设备可以向服务器发送文件分享请求,以使得该服务器将该文件分享请求发送给该第二设备。该服务器为该第一应用程序提供服务。通过服务器来发送文件分享请求,可以使得服务器获知第一设备和第二设备之间的文件传输事件并进行记录。In some embodiments, the file sharing request may be sent by the server. Specifically, the first device may send a file sharing request to the server, so that the server sends the file sharing request to the second device. The server provides services for the first application. Sending the file sharing request through the server allows the server to learn and record the file transfer event between the first device and the second device.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备将第一文件发送给第二设备之前,还可以检测到用于开启第一通信服务和第二通信服务的第四操作;响应于该第四操作,该第一设备开启该第一通信服务和第二通信服务。该第一通信服务用于该第一设备通过蓝牙发现并确定该第二设备,该第二通信服务用于该第一设备通过该Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第一文件发送给该第二设备。在一种实施方式中,第一通信服务为蓝牙通信服务,第二通信服务为WLAN通信服务。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, before the first device sends the first file to the second device, it may also detect a fourth operation for starting the first communication service and the second communication service; Fourth operation, the first device starts the first communication service and the second communication service. The first communication service is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth, and the second communication service is used by the first device to send the first file to the second device via the Wi-Fi direct communication connection. Two equipment. In one embodiment, the first communication service is a Bluetooth communication service, and the second communication service is a WLAN communication service.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种应用中传输文件的方法。第二方面的方法和第一方面的方法的不同之处在于,第一方面的方法中用户先选择应用后选择文件,而第二方面的方法中用户先选择文件后选择应用。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for transferring files in an application. The difference between the method of the second aspect and the method of the first aspect is that in the method of the first aspect, the user first selects the application and then the file, while in the method of the second aspect, the user selects the file first and then the application.
第二方面的方法应用于第一设备,该方法可包括:第一设备显示第四用户界面,该第四用户界面中包括第三标识和第四标识,第三标识对应于在该第一设备中存储的第三文件,该第四标识对应于在该第一设备中存储的第四文件;接收对第三标识的第五操作,选择该第三文件;响应于对第三文件进行分享的第六操作,显示一个或多个应用程序的选项;该一个或多个应用程序的选项包括第一应用程序的选项;响应于在该第一应用程序的选项上接收到的第七操作,显示第五用户界面,该第五用户界面中包括:第一用户在该第一应用程序中的一个或多个联系人的选项;该一个或多个联系人包括第二用户;响应于在该第二用户的选项上接收到的第八操作,该第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将第三文件发送给该第二设备;其中,该第一用户在该第一设备上登录该第一应用程序,该第二用户在该第二设备上登录该第一应用程序。The method of the second aspect is applied to a first device, and the method may include: the first device displays a fourth user interface, the fourth user interface includes a third identifier and a fourth identifier, the third identifier corresponds to the first device The third file stored in the third file, the fourth identifier corresponds to the fourth file stored in the first device; the fifth operation on the third identifier is received, and the third file is selected; in response to sharing the third file The sixth operation is to display the options of one or more applications; the options of the one or more applications include the options of the first application; in response to the seventh operation received on the options of the first application, display A fifth user interface. The fifth user interface includes: options for one or more contacts of the first user in the first application; the one or more contacts include the second user; The eighth operation received on the option of the second user, the first device sends the third file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device; wherein, the first user is in the The first application is logged in on the first device, and the second user is logged in to the first application on the second device.
实施第二方面的方法,电子设备可以在应用程序中,通过和其他设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接快速分享文件给附近的其他设备。该方法不依赖于服务器,无论在电子设备和服务器之间是否有通信连接、该通信连接是否良好,均可以支持用户分享文件。该方法可以优化用户的使用体验,还可以节省电子设备消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。并且,通过Wi-Fi直连通信连接分享文件的方式使得电子设备能够分享的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说该方法可以支持电子设备分享较大的文件至周围的其他设备。这样使用电子设备上的应用来分享文件的过程对用户来说直观、简单且快速。By implementing the method of the second aspect, the electronic device can quickly share files with other nearby devices in the application through Wi-Fi direct communication connections with other devices. The method does not rely on the server, and can support users to share files regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and whether the communication connection is good. This method can optimize user experience, save cellular data traffic consumed by electronic devices, and reduce server load. In addition, the way of sharing files through Wi-Fi direct communication connection makes the size of the files that the electronic device can share is not limited, that is to say, the method can support the electronic device to share larger files to other surrounding devices. In this way, the process of using the application on the electronic device to share the file is intuitive, simple and fast for the user.
第二方面中提及的第一应用程序可以参考第一方面中的相关描述。For the first application program mentioned in the second aspect, reference may be made to the related description in the first aspect.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第三文件或第四文件可包括但不限于:图片、音频、视频、文档、链接等等。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the third file or the fourth file may include, but is not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备可以通过蓝牙发现并确定第二设备。使用蓝牙可以保证第一设备快速发现并确定第二设备,提高分享文件的效率。在一种实施方式中,第一设备可以在接收到对第三文件进行分享的第六操作后,通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备,并在发现的该一个或多个设备中确定该第二设备。在另一种实施方式中,第一设备可以响应于第八操作,通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备,并在发现的该一个或多个设备中确定该第二设备。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first device can discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth. Using Bluetooth can ensure that the first device quickly discovers and determines the second device, and improves the efficiency of sharing files. In one embodiment, after receiving the sixth operation to share the third file, the first device may discover one or more devices via Bluetooth, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices equipment. In another implementation manner, the first device may, in response to the eighth operation, discover one or more devices via Bluetooth, and determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices.
在一些实施例中,第一设备可以接收到一个或多个设备发送的蓝牙广播包,该蓝牙广播包中包括用户标识,该用户标识对应的用户在该设备上登录该第一应用程序。该一个或多个设备即为第一设备发现的一个或多个设备。第一设备可以将该一个或多个设备中,发送第一标识的设备确定为该第二设备;该第一标识为该第二用户的用户标识。这样,第一设备可以在发现的一个或多个设备中,确定第二用户登录第一应用程序时所使用的设备。In some embodiments, the first device may receive a Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by one or more devices, and the Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user identification, and a user corresponding to the user identification logs in the first application on the device. The one or more devices are one or more devices discovered by the first device. The first device may determine the device that sends the first identification among the one or more devices as the second device; the first identification is the user identification of the second user. In this way, the first device can determine the device used by the second user to log in to the first application among the discovered one or more devices.
在一些实施例中,第一设备在确定第二设备之后,将第三文件发送给第二设备之前,可以执行和该第二设备之间的建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。In some embodiments, after determining the second device, the first device may perform a process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device before sending the third file to the second device.
在一些实施例中,第一设备可以在执行和该第二设备之间的建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程之前,执行和该第二设备之间的建立蓝牙通信连接的过程,并通过建立的该蓝牙通信连接将服务集标识SSID和密码发送给该第二设备;该SSID和该密码用于该第二设备执行和该第一设备之间的建立该Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。也就是说,第一设备可以先和第二设备建立蓝牙通信连接,再基于该蓝牙通信连接和第二设备建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接,这样可以迅速建立该Wi-Fi直连通信连接,从而提高分享文件的效率。In some embodiments, the first device may perform the process of establishing a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device before performing the process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, and pass The established Bluetooth communication connection sends the service set identification SSID and password to the second device; the SSID and the password are used by the second device to perform the establishment of the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device process. In other words, the first device can first establish a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device, and then establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device based on the Bluetooth communication connection, so that the Wi-Fi direct communication connection can be quickly established. Thereby improving the efficiency of sharing files.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备响应于对第三文件进行分享的第六操作,显示的一个或多个应用程序的选项可以是以下任意一种:With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first device responds to the sixth operation of sharing the third file, and the displayed one or more application options may be any of the following:
1.发送端上安装的可用于分享文件的所有应用程序分别对应的选项。1. The corresponding options for all applications installed on the sender that can be used to share files.
2.发送端上安装的可用于分享文件的应用程序中,当前能够通过“hishare”分享文件的应用程序所对应的选项。2. Among the applications that can be used to share files installed on the sender, the options corresponding to the applications that can currently share files through "hishare".
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备还可以响应于在该第二用户的选项上接收到的第八操作,显示该第六用户界面,该第六用户界面中包括:第一用户和第二用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录、提示信息,该提示信息用于指示该第三文件的传输状态。第三文件的传输状态可包括但不限于:第三文件正在等待被第二设备接收、第三文件正在被传输给第二设备、第三文件未被成功传输给第二设备、第三文件被成功传输给第二设备等等。这样,可以使得用户直观地获知第三文件的传输状态,给用户更好的使用体验。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first device may also display the sixth user interface in response to the eighth operation received on the option of the second user, and the sixth user interface includes: The communication record and prompt information of the user and the second user in the first application, the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the third file. The transmission status of the third file may include but is not limited to: the third file is waiting to be received by the second device, the third file is being transferred to the second device, the third file is not successfully transferred to the second device, and the third file is being transferred to the second device. Successfully transmitted to the second device and so on. In this way, the user can intuitively learn the transmission status of the third file, and give the user a better experience.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第四用户界面中可包括第三操作选项。第六操作可包括第一设备在第三操作选项上接收到的操作。在一些实施例中,第一设备可以在选择第三文件后,显示该第三操作选项,这样可以提示用户分享第三文件,给用户更优的使用体验。在另一种实施方式中,第一设备可以在显示第四用户界面时,同时在第四用户界面上显示该第三操作选项。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the fourth user interface may include a third operation option. The sixth operation may include the operation received by the first device on the third operation option. In some embodiments, the first device may display the third operation option after selecting the third file, so that the user may be prompted to share the third file, giving the user a better user experience. In another implementation manner, the first device may simultaneously display the third operation option on the fourth user interface while displaying the fourth user interface.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备可以在通过和该第二设备之间的该Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第三文件发送给该第二设备之前,向该第二设备发送文件分享请求;并在接收到该第二设备响应于该文件分享请求发送的分享请求应答的情况下,通过和该第二设备之间的该Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第三文件发送给该第二设备。这样可以在得到第二用户的同意的情况下将第三文件发送给第二设备,可以保证用户的使用体验。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first device may send the third file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, to the second device The device sends a file sharing request; and in the case of receiving a sharing request response sent by the second device in response to the file sharing request, the third device is connected through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device. The file is sent to the second device. In this way, the third file can be sent to the second device with the consent of the second user, and the user experience can be guaranteed.
在一些实施例中,文件分享请求可以服务器发送。具体的,第一设备可以向服务器发送文件分享请求,以使得该服务器将该文件分享请求发送给该第二设备。该服务器为该第一应用程序提供服务。通过服务器来发送文件分享请求,可以使得服务器获知第一设备和第二设备之间的文件传输事件并进行记录。In some embodiments, the file sharing request may be sent by the server. Specifically, the first device may send a file sharing request to the server, so that the server sends the file sharing request to the second device. The server provides services for the first application. Sending the file sharing request through the server allows the server to learn and record the file transfer event between the first device and the second device.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,第一设备将第三文件发送给第二设备之前,还可以检测到用于开启第一通信服务和第二通信服务的第四操作;响应于该第四操作,该第一设备开启该第一通信服务和第二通信服务。该第一通信服务用于该第一设备通过蓝牙发现并确定该第二设备,该第二通信服务用于该第一设备通过该Wi-Fi直连通信连接将该第三文件发送给该第二设备。在一种实施方式中,第一通信服务为蓝牙通信服务,第二通信服务为WLAN通信服务。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, before the first device sends the third file to the second device, the fourth operation for starting the first communication service and the second communication service may also be detected; in response to the first communication service Fourth operation, the first device starts the first communication service and the second communication service. The first communication service is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth, and the second communication service is used by the first device to send the third file to the second device via the Wi-Fi direct communication connection. Two equipment. In one embodiment, the first communication service is a Bluetooth communication service, and the second communication service is a WLAN communication service.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备。该电子设备包括一个或多个处理器、存储器;该存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,该一个或多个处理器调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行第一方面或第一方面任意一种实施方式中的方法。In the third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. The electronic device includes one or more processors and a memory; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors call The computer instructions cause the electronic device to execute the method in the first aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备。该电子设备包括一个或多个处理器、存储器;该存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,该一个或多个处理器调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行第二方面或第二方面任意一种实施方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. The electronic device includes one or more processors and a memory; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors call The computer instructions cause the electronic device to execute the method in the second aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当上述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In the fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform any possible implementation as in the first aspect and the first aspect. The method described by the method.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当上述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第二方面以及第二方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform any possible implementation as in the second aspect and the second aspect. The method described by the method.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当上述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when the foregoing instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manner in the first aspect Described method.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当上述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第二方面以及第二方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when the foregoing instructions run on an electronic device, cause the foregoing electronic device to execute the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect Described method.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种应用中传输文件的系统,该系统包括:第一设备和第二设备。其中,第一设备可以为上述第三方面描述的电子设备。第二设备用于通过和第一设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接接收第一文件。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a system for transferring files in an application. The system includes a first device and a second device. The first device may be the electronic device described in the third aspect. The second device is configured to receive the first file through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种应用中传输文件的系统,该系统包括:第一设备和第二设备。其中,第一设备可以为上述第四方面描述的电子设备。第二设备用于通过和第一设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接接收第三文件。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a system for transferring files in an application. The system includes: a first device and a second device. The first device may be the electronic device described in the fourth aspect. The second device is configured to receive the third file through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device.
结合第九方面或第十方面,在一些实施例中,第二设备还用于在接收第一文件或第三文件之前,接收第一设备发送的文件分享请求;响应于该文件分享请求,显示通知窗口,该通知窗口用于询问用户是否接收第一文件或第三文件;该通知窗口中包括第四操作选项,响应于在该第四操作选项上接收到的第九操作,第二设备接收第一文件或第三文件。With reference to the ninth or tenth aspect, in some embodiments, the second device is further configured to receive a file sharing request sent by the first device before receiving the first file or the third file; in response to the file sharing request, display The notification window is used to ask the user whether to receive the first file or the third file; the notification window includes a fourth operation option, and in response to the ninth operation received on the fourth operation option, the second device receives The first file or the third file.
结合第九方面或第十方面,在一些实施例中,第二设备还用于在接收第一文件或第三文件之前,发送蓝牙广播包,该蓝牙广播包包括用户标识,该用户标识对应的用户在该第二设备上登录第一应用程序。该蓝牙广播包用于第一设备发现并确定该第二设备。With reference to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, in some embodiments, the second device is further configured to send a Bluetooth broadcast packet before receiving the first file or the third file. The Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user ID, and the user ID corresponds to The user logs in the first application on the second device. The Bluetooth broadcast packet is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device.
结合第九方面或第十方面,在一些实施例中,第二设备还用于在接收第一文件或第三文件之前,执行和第一设备之间的建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。With reference to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, in some embodiments, the second device is further configured to perform a process of establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the first device before receiving the first file or the third file .
结合第九方面或第十方面,在一些实施例中,第二设备还用于在接收第一文件或第三文件之后,显示第七用户界面,该第七用户界面包括:第二用户和第一用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录、提示信息。该提示信息用于指示第一文件或第三文件的传输状态。第一文件或第三文件的传输状态可参考上述第一方面及第二方面的相关描述。With reference to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, in some embodiments, the second device is further configured to display a seventh user interface after receiving the first file or the third file, and the seventh user interface includes: the second user and the second user A user's communication record and prompt information in the first application program. The prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the first file or the third file. For the transmission status of the first file or the third file, refer to the related descriptions of the first aspect and the second aspect.
实施本申请实施例提供的技术方案,电子设备可以在应用程序中,通过和其他设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接快速分享文件给附近的其他设备。该技术方案具有以下有益效果:电子设备可以在应用中快速、迅捷地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,优化用户的使用体验;无论在电子设备和服务器之间是否有通信连接、该通信连接是否良好,电子设备均可以分享文件至其他的设备,可以节省电子设备消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载;电子设备分享的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说电子设备可以分享较大的文件至周围的其他设备。To implement the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device can quickly share files with other nearby devices in the application through Wi-Fi direct communication connections with other devices. This technical solution has the following beneficial effects: the electronic device can quickly and quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimizing the user experience; regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server, and whether the communication connection is Good, electronic devices can share files to other devices, which can save cellular data traffic consumed by electronic devices and reduce server load; the size of files shared by electronic devices is not limited, which means that electronic devices can share larger files To other equipment around.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1A是本申请实施例提供的电子设备的结构的示意性图;FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1B是本申请实施例提供的电子设备的软件结构的示意图;FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of the software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2A是本申请实施例提供的用于展示电子设备上安装应用程序的用户界面;FIG. 2A is a user interface for displaying an application program installed on an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2B是本申请实施例提供的开启“hishare”的示意图;FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of opening "hishare" provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A-图3I为本申请实施例提供的在场景一中发送端上的一系列用户界面;Figures 3A-3I are a series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario one provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4A-图4F为本申请实施例提供的在场景一中发送端上的另一系列用户界面;4A-4F are another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario one provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5A-图5I为本申请实施例提供的在场景一中发送端上的又一系列用户界面;5A-5I are another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario one provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6A-图6H为本申请实施例提供的在场景二中发送端上的一系列用户界面;6A-6H are a series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7A-图7E为本申请实施例提供的在场景二中发送端上的另一系列用户界面;7A-7E are another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8A-图8I为本申请实施例提供的在场景二中发送端上的又一系列用户界面;8A-8I are still another series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9A-图9D为本申请实施例提供的在场景三中发送端上的一系列用户界面;9A-9D are a series of user interfaces on the sending end in scenario 3 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10A为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 10A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10B为本申请实施例提供的在场景一中的应用中传输文件的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10B is a schematic flowchart of a method for transferring files in an application in scenario 1 provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图10C为本申请实施例提供的在场景二中的应用中传输文件的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10C is a schematic flowchart of a method for transferring files in an application in scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图11为本申请实施例提供的ShareKit服务的架构。Figure 11 is the architecture of the ShareKit service provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。Among them, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this document is only a description of related objects The association relationship of indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" refers to two or more than two.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
本申请以下实施例提供了一种应用中传输文件的方法、电子设备及系统,使得用户可以通过电子设备上安装的应用,快速分享文件给附近的其他用户。该方法不依赖于服务器,文件传输过程可在没有网络的情况下进行,无论在电子设备和服务器之间是否有通信连接、该通信连接是否良好,均可以支持用户分享文件。该方法支持电子设备在应用中快速地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,优化用户的使用体验,还可以节省电子设备消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。并且,使用该方法,电子设备能够分享的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说该方法可以支持电子设备分享较大的文件至周围的其他设备。这样使用电子设备上的应用来分享文件的过程对用户来说直观、简单且快速。The following embodiments of the application provide a method, electronic device, and system for transferring files in an application, so that users can quickly share files with other users nearby through the application installed on the electronic device. The method does not rely on the server, and the file transfer process can be performed without a network. It can support users to share files regardless of whether there is a communication connection between the electronic device and the server and whether the communication connection is good. The method supports the electronic device to quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimizes the user experience, and can also save the cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device and reduce the load of the server. Moreover, with this method, the size of the file that the electronic device can share is not limited, that is, the method can support the electronic device to share a larger file to other surrounding devices. In this way, the process of using the application on the electronic device to share the file is intuitive, simple and fast for the user.
这里,电子设备和服务器之间的通信连接可包括但不限于基于3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝移动通信网络、广域网(wide area network,WAN)、局域网(local area network,LAN)等等的连接。Here, the communication connection between the electronic device and the server may include, but is not limited to, connections based on 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular mobile communication networks, wide area networks (WAN), local area networks (LAN), and so on.
在本申请以下实施例中,电子设备可以在以下应用中分享文件给周围的其他设备:即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用等等。In the following embodiments of the present application, the electronic device can share files with other surrounding devices in the following applications: instant messaging applications, mailbox applications, and so on.
在本申请以下实施例中,电子设备分享至周围其他设备的文件可包括但不限于:图片、音频、视频、文档、链接等等。这些文件可以是电子设备自身获取到的,例如利用摄像头捕捉到的图片和/或视频、利用显示屏采集用户输入的文本而生成的文档等,也可以是电子设备通过网络从其他设备例如服务器处获取到的。In the following embodiments of the present application, the files shared by the electronic device to other surrounding devices may include, but are not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on. These files can be obtained by the electronic device itself, such as pictures and/or videos captured by a camera, documents generated by using a display screen to collect text input by the user, etc., or the electronic device can be obtained from other devices such as a server through the network. Obtained.
在本申请以下实施例中,在智能手机等电子设备的“hishare”开启的条件下,电子设备可以发现附近的手机、平板电脑等其他设备。如果用户想要在应用中分享文件给该应用中的其他联系人,该电子设备可以将用户选中的文件发送给发现的其他设备,另一用户可在其他设备上登录该应用,另一用户即为当前用户的联系人。在本申请实施例中,某个用户登录到应用时所使用的电子设备,可以被称为该用户的关联设备。关于电子设备如何发现附近的其他设备、如何确定附近的其他设备中和该联系人关联的设备、如何发送文件等步骤的具体实现,将在后续实施例详细描述,在此暂不赘述。In the following embodiments of the present application, under the condition that the "hishare" of the electronic device such as a smart phone is turned on, the electronic device can discover other devices such as nearby mobile phones and tablet computers. If a user wants to share a file in an application with other contacts in the application, the electronic device can send the file selected by the user to other discovered devices, and another user can log in to the application on other devices, and the other user is Is the contact of the current user. In the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device used by a certain user to log in to the application may be referred to as the user's associated device. The specific implementation of the steps of how the electronic device discovers other nearby devices, how to determine the devices associated with the contact among other nearby devices, and how to send files will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请以下实施例中,“hishare”是电子设备提供的一项服务或功能,可以支持电子 设备将文件发送给附近的其他设备。In the following embodiments of this application, "hishare" is a service or function provided by an electronic device, which can support the electronic device to send files to other nearby devices.
电子设备通过“hishare”将文件发送给其他设备的过程不完全通过服务器。The process of electronic devices sending files to other devices through "hishare" does not completely go through the server.
在一些实施例中,“hishare”可支持该电子设备通过蓝牙(bluetooth,BT)、近场通信(near field communication,NFC)、无线保真直连(wireless fidelity direct,Wi-Fi direct)(又称为无线保真点对点(wireless fidelity peer-to-peer,Wi-Fi p2p))、Wi-Fi软件接入点(software access point,softAP)中的一项或多项等技术传输文件至附近的其他设备。在另一些实施例中,“hishare”可支持该电子设备通过局域网(LAN)传输数据至与该电子设备处于同一个局域网内的其他设备。与该电子设备处于同一个局域网内的设备也可以是该电子设备附近的其他设备。在又一些实施例中,“hishare”可支持该电子设备通过3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝移动通信技术或广域网(wide area network,WAN)技术传输文件至服务器,由服务器将该文件转发至附近的其他设备。In some embodiments, "hishare" can support the electronic device to pass Bluetooth (BT), near field communication (NFC), wireless fidelity direct (Wi-Fi direct) (also known as Wi-Fi direct) For wireless fidelity peer-to-peer (Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi software access point (software access point, softAP) one or more of the technologies to transfer files to other nearby equipment. In other embodiments, "hishare" can support the electronic device to transmit data via a local area network (LAN) to other devices in the same local area network as the electronic device. The device in the same local area network as the electronic device may also be other devices near the electronic device. In still other embodiments, "hishare" can support the electronic device to transmit files to the server through 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular mobile communication technologies or wide area network (WAN) technologies, and the server can forward the files to nearby other devices.
可以理解的是,上述几个实施例中的部分或全部可以结合实施。例如,“hishare”可以支持电子设备同时使用Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)和蜂窝移动通信技术来将文件传输给附近的其他设备。It can be understood that part or all of the above several embodiments can be implemented in combination. For example, "hishare" can support electronic devices to simultaneously use Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p) and cellular mobile communication technology to transfer files to other nearby devices.
上述附近的其他设备是指电子设备通过NFC、蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP、Wi-Fi LAN中一项或多项技术发现的设备。The aforementioned other nearby devices refer to devices discovered by electronic devices through one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN.
在本申请以下实施例中,开启“hishare”可以包括:开启电子设备的蓝牙模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块中的一项或多项。在一些实施例中,开启上述功能模块后,电子设备可以通过NFC、蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP、Wi-Fi LAN中一项或多项技术发现该电子设备附近的设备。In the following embodiments of the present application, turning on "hishare" may include turning on one or more of the Bluetooth module, NFC module, and WLAN module of the electronic device. In some embodiments, after the above functional modules are turned on, the electronic device can be discovered through one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN. Equipment near the electronic device.
在一个具体的实施例中,若电子设备开启“hishare”后,通过NFC、蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP、Wi-Fi LAN中一项或多项技术发现该电子设备附近的其他设备并将文件传输给附近的其他设备,那么由于蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP、Wi-Fi LAN等技术支持电子设备间无需通过服务器通信,电子设备在应用中传输文件给附近的其他设备的过程可以不依赖电子设备和服务器之间的通信连接。这样电子设备可以在应用中快速地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,并且可以将较大的文件传输至周围的其他设备,从而优化用户的使用体验,还可以节省电子设备消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。例如,在一种实施方式中,“hishare”支持电子设备先通过蓝牙发现周围的设备并在这些设备中确定和联系人关联的设备,再通过Wi-Fi P2P将用户选中的文件发送给和该联系人关联的设备。这样,电子设备可以通过BT快速发现周围设备,通过Wi-Fi P2P快速方便地将文件发送给联系人关联的设备。In a specific embodiment, if the electronic device turns on "hishare", one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, Wi-Fi LAN Technology discovers other devices near the electronic device and transfers files to other nearby devices, then due to Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, Wi-Fi LAN and other technical support electronic devices There is no need to communicate with each other through the server, and the process of the electronic device transferring files to other nearby devices in the application does not rely on the communication connection between the electronic device and the server. In this way, the electronic device can quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, and can transfer larger files to other surrounding devices, so as to optimize the user experience and save the cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device. Reduce the load on the server. For example, in one embodiment, “hishare” supports electronic devices to discover the surrounding devices through Bluetooth and determine the devices associated with the contact among these devices, and then send the files selected by the user to the device through Wi-Fi P2P. The device associated with the contact. In this way, electronic devices can quickly discover surrounding devices through BT, and quickly and conveniently send files to the devices associated with the contact through Wi-Fi P2P.
可以理解的是,“hishare”只是本实施例中所使用的一个词语,其代表的含义在本实施例中已经记载,其名称并不能对本实施例构成任何限制。另外,在本申请其他一些实施例中,“hishare”也可以被称为例如“短距离分享”、“快速分享”“Moment Share”等其他名词。It is understandable that "hishare" is only a word used in this embodiment, and its representative meaning has been recorded in this embodiment, and its name does not constitute any limitation on this embodiment. In addition, in some other embodiments of the present application, "hishare" may also be referred to as other nouns such as "short-distance sharing", "quick sharing", "Moment Share" and so on.
为了更好地介绍本申请实施例提供的应用中传输文件的方法,下面首先介绍本申请实施例提供的示例性电子设备。In order to better introduce the file transfer method in the application provided in the embodiment of the present application, the following first introduces the exemplary electronic device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以是搭载iOS、Android、Microsoft或者其它操作系统的便携式终端设备,例如手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备等,还可以是具有触敏表面或触控面板的膝上型计算机(Laptop)、具有触敏表面或触控面板的台式计算机等非便携式终端设备。In the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may be a portable terminal device equipped with iOS, Android, Microsoft or other operating systems, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, etc., or a laptop with a touch-sensitive surface or a touch panel. Non-portable terminal devices such as laptops, desktop computers with touch-sensitive surfaces or touch panels.
图1A示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。FIG. 1A shows a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2. , Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charge management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。示例性地,无线通信模块160可以包括蓝牙模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块等。蓝牙(BT)模块可以提供包括经典蓝牙(蓝牙2.1)或蓝牙低功耗(Bluetooth low energy,BLE)中一项或多项蓝牙通信的解决方案。WLAN模块可以提供包括Wi-Fi direct、Wi-Fi LAN或Wi-Fi softAP中一项或多项WLAN通信的解决方案。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2. Exemplarily, the wireless communication module 160 may include a Bluetooth module, an NFC module, a WLAN module, and so on. The Bluetooth (BT) module can provide one or more Bluetooth communication solutions including classic Bluetooth (Bluetooth 2.1) or Bluetooth low energy (Bluetooth low energy, BLE). The WLAN module can provide one or more WLAN communication solutions including Wi-Fi direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or Wi-Fi softAP.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term  evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100的无线通信模块160中包括的蓝牙(BT)模块、WLAN模块可以发射信号来探测或扫描附近的其他设备,还可以监听其他设备发射的信号,从而使用蓝牙或WLAN等无线通信技术发现附近设备,并与附近设备建立无线通信连接,并通过上述连接传输文件至附近设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the Bluetooth (BT) module and the WLAN module included in the wireless communication module 160 of the electronic device 100 can transmit signals to detect or scan other nearby devices, and can also monitor signals emitted by other devices, thereby using Bluetooth Or wireless communication technologies such as WLAN discover nearby devices, establish wireless communication connections with nearby devices, and transfer files to nearby devices through the above-mentioned connections.
电子设备100的移动通信模块150提供的无线通信的解决方案可使得发送端与网络中的设备(如服务器)通信,无线通信模块160提供的WLAN无线通信的解决方案也可使得电子设备100可以与网络中的设备(如服务器)通信。电子设备100可以通过网络中的设备(如服务器)与附近的其他设备(例如接收端102)通信,例如发送端可以先将文件传输给网络中的设备,再由网络中的设备将该文件传输给附近的其他设备。The wireless communication solution provided by the mobile communication module 150 of the electronic device 100 can enable the sender to communicate with a device (such as a server) in the network, and the WLAN wireless communication solution provided by the wireless communication module 160 can also enable the electronic device 100 to communicate with Communication with devices (such as servers) in the network. The electronic device 100 can communicate with other nearby devices (such as the receiving end 102) through a device in the network (such as a server). For example, the sending end can first transmit a file to a device in the network, and then the device in the network can transmit the file To other devices nearby.
电子设备100的处理器110可以用于生成无线通信模块160、移动通信模块150向外发送的信号,如探测请求、蓝牙广播信号、信标信号等等。电子设备100的处理器110还可以用于解析无线通信模块160、移动通信模块150接收到的信号,例如探测响应等等。The processor 110 of the electronic device 100 may be used to generate signals sent by the wireless communication module 160 and the mobile communication module 150, such as detection requests, Bluetooth broadcast signals, beacon signals, and so on. The processor 110 of the electronic device 100 may also be used to parse the signals received by the wireless communication module 160 and the mobile communication module 150, such as detection responses and the like.
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor, which is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information, and it can also continuously self-learn. Through the NPU, applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。The speaker 170A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。The receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。The earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J 检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。The button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on.
马达191可以产生振动提示。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 by way of example.
图1B是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 1B is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图1B所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 1B, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图1B所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 1B, the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。The content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。The system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
图1B所示的软件系统涉及到各个应用(如即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用,文件管理器等)的呈现,并提供了本申请实施例中的“hishare”服务。其中,应用程序框架层提供WLAN服务、蓝牙服务,内核和底层提供WLAN能力、蓝牙能力和基本通信协议。The software system shown in FIG. 1B involves the presentation of various applications (such as instant messaging applications, mailbox applications, file managers, etc.), and provides the "hishare" service in the embodiments of the present application. Among them, the application framework layer provides WLAN services and Bluetooth services, and the core and the bottom layer provide WLAN capabilities, Bluetooth capabilities, and basic communication protocols.
本申请实施例提供的应用中传输文件的方法涉及两端,一端为发送文件的发送端101,另一端为接收文件的接收端102。发送端101和接收端102均为电子设备,发送端101和接收端102的结构均可参考图1A及图1B实施例中的相关描述。The method for transferring files in an application provided in the embodiments of the present application involves two ends, one end is the sending end 101 that sends the file, and the other end is the receiving end 102 that receives the file. The sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 are both electronic devices, and the structures of the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 can refer to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B.
在本申请实施例中,发送端可以被称为第一设备,接收端可以被称为第二设备。发送端的关联用户可以被称为第一用户,接收端的关联用户可以被称为第二用户。In the embodiments of the present application, the sending end may be referred to as the first device, and the receiving end may be referred to as the second device. The associated user at the sending end may be referred to as the first user, and the associated user at the receiving end may be referred to as the second user.
在本申请实施例提供的方法中,发送端101可以发现附近的其他设备,并在附近的其他设备中确定和用户选中的联系人相关联的设备,和用户选中的联系人相关联的设备即为接收端102。然后,发送端101可以在应用中通过“hishare”将用户选中的文件发送给接收端102。In the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the sender 101 can discover other nearby devices, and determine the device associated with the contact selected by the user among other nearby devices, and the device associated with the contact selected by the user is the device associated with the contact selected by the user. For the receiving end 102. Then, the sending end 101 can send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare" in the application.
下面结合本申请实施例提供的用户界面,来描述本申请实施例提供的应用中传输文件的方法。The method for transferring files in the application provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the user interface provided by the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的术语“用户界面(user interface,UI)”,是应用程序或操作系统与用户之间进行交互和信息交换的介质接口,它实现信息的内部形式与用户可以接受形式之间的转换。用户界面是通过java、可扩展标记语言(extensible markup language,XML)等特定计算机语言编写的源代码,界面源代码在电子设备上经过解析,渲染,最终呈现为用户可以识别的内容。用户界面常用的表现形式是图形用户界面(graphic user interface,GUI),是指采用图形方式显示的与计算机操作相关的用户界面。它可以是在电子设备的显示屏中显示的文本、图标、按钮、菜单、选项卡、文本框、对话框、状态栏、导航栏、Widget等可视的界面元素。The term "user interface (UI)" in the embodiments of this application is a medium interface for interaction and information exchange between an application or operating system and a user. It realizes the relationship between the internal form of information and the form acceptable to the user. Conversion. The user interface is a source code written in a specific computer language such as java and extensible markup language (XML). The interface source code is parsed and rendered on an electronic device, and finally presented as content that can be recognized by the user. The commonly used form of the user interface is a graphical user interface (GUI), which refers to a user interface related to computer operations that is displayed in a graphical manner. It can be visual interface elements such as text, icons, buttons, menus, tabs, text boxes, dialog boxes, status bars, navigation bars, Widgets, etc. displayed on the display screen of the electronic device.
图2A-图2B示例性示出了发送端101上的一种开启“hishare”的操作。2A-2B exemplarily show an operation of turning on "hishare" on the sending end 101.
图2A示例性示出了发送端101上的用于展示已安装应用程序的示例性用户界面21。该用户界面21显示有:状态栏、日历指示符、天气指示符、具有常用应用程序图标的托盘、导航栏、其他应用程序图标(例如图库的图标、即时通讯应用“嗨聊”的图标201等等)等。其中,状态栏可包括:移动通信信号(又可称为蜂窝信号)的一个或多个信号强度指示符、运营商名称(例如“中国移动”)、无线高保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)信号的一个或多个信号强度指示符,电池状态指示符、时间指示符等等。导航栏可包括返回键、主屏幕键、多任务键等系统导航键。在一些实施例中,图2A示例性所示的用户界面21可以为主界面(Home screen)。FIG. 2A exemplarily shows an exemplary user interface 21 on the sending end 101 for displaying installed applications. The user interface 21 displays: a status bar, a calendar indicator, a weather indicator, a tray with commonly used application icons, a navigation bar, and other application icons (such as the icon of the gallery, the icon 201 of the instant messaging application "Hi Chat", etc. and many more. Among them, the status bar may include: one or more signal strength indicators of mobile communication signals (also known as cellular signals), the name of the operator (for example, "China Mobile"), and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) One or more signal strength indicators of the signal, battery status indicator, time indicator, etc. The navigation bar may include system navigation keys such as the return key, the home screen key, and the multitasking key. In some embodiments, the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 2A may be a home screen.
如图2A及图2B所示,当发送端101检测到在显示屏上的向下滑动手势时,响应于该手势,发送端101可以在用户界面21上显示窗口202。如图2B所示,窗口202中可以显示有控件202A,控件202A可接收开启/关闭发送端101的“hishare”功能的操作(例如触摸操作、点击操作)。控件202A的表现形式可以包括图标和/或文本(例如文本“hishare”等)。窗口201中还可以显示有其他功能例如Wi-Fi、蓝牙、手电筒等等的开关控件。在一些实施例中,发送端101开启“hishare”后,可以更改控件202A的显示形式,例如增加显示控件202A时的阴影等。As shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B, when the sending end 101 detects a downward sliding gesture on the display screen, the sending end 101 may display a window 202 on the user interface 21 in response to the gesture. As shown in FIG. 2B, a control 202A may be displayed in the window 202, and the control 202A may receive an operation (such as a touch operation, a click operation) to turn on/off the "hishare" function of the sending terminal 101. The manifestation of the control 202A may include an icon and/or text (for example, the text "hishare", etc.). The window 201 may also display switch controls for other functions such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, flashlight, and so on. In some embodiments, after the sending end 101 opens "hishare", the display form of the control 202A can be changed, for example, a shadow when the control 202A is displayed is added.
不限于图2A及图2B示出的用户在窗口202中开启“hishare”的方式,在本申请实施例中,发送端101还可以通过其他方式来开启“hishare”。例如,发送端101还可以显示设置(settings)应用提供的设置界面,该设置界面中可包括提供给用户的用于开启/关闭发送端101的“hishare”功能的控件,用户可通过在该控件上输入用户操作来开启发送端101的“hishare”。又例如,用户还可以在应用中选中分享文件的联系人后再开启发送端101的“hishare”,后续实施例中将会详细说明,这里先不赘述。It is not limited to the manner in which the user opens "hishare" in the window 202 shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B. In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 101 may also initiate "hishare" in other ways. For example, the sender 101 may also display a setting interface provided by the settings application. The settings interface may include a control provided to the user to enable/disable the "hishare" function of the sender 101. Enter a user operation on the above to open the "hishare" of the sender 101. For another example, the user can also select a contact to share the file in the application and then turn on the "hishare" of the sender 101, which will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请的一个实施例中,可以将用于开启“hishare”的操作,称为用于开启第一通信服务和第二通信服务的第四操作。第一通信服务用于发送端通过蓝牙发现并确定接收端,第二通信服务用于发送端通过Wi-Fi直连通信连接将文件发送给接收端。In an embodiment of the present application, the operation for opening "hishare" may be referred to as the fourth operation for opening the first communication service and the second communication service. The first communication service is used by the sending end to discover and determine the receiving end through Bluetooth, and the second communication service is used for the sending end to send the file to the receiving end through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
下面结合本申请涉及的几个应用场景来描述发送端101以及接收端102上实现的用户界面。The user interface implemented on the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 will be described below in conjunction with several application scenarios involved in this application.
(一)场景一:用户先选择联系人,再选择文件进行分享的场景(1) Scenario 1: The user selects the contact first, and then selects the file to share
图3A-图3I示例性示出了发送端101在场景一中所显示的用户界面。3A to 3I exemplarily show the user interface displayed by the sending end 101 in scenario one.
1.图3A-图3B示出了用户在应用程序中选择联系人的实施例。1. Figures 3A-3B show an embodiment in which a user selects a contact in an application.
图3A示例性示出了发送端101显示的第一应用程序(例如即时通讯应用“嗨聊”)的用户界面31。该第一应用程序可以是安装于电子设备上的用于社交通讯的一款应用程序,该第一应用程序可以支持多个用户之间进行通信,例如互相发送文本、语音、文件等等。用户可以使用自己的用户标识及密码在发送端101上登录到该第一应用程序。用户登录第一应用程序后,可以和该用户在第一应用程序中添加的联系人进行通信。在本申请实施例中,可以将在发送端101上登录到该第一应用程序的用户称为该发送端101的关联用户。FIG. 3A exemplarily shows the user interface 31 of the first application program (for example, the instant messaging application "Hi Chat") displayed by the sending terminal 101. The first application program may be an application program for social communication installed on an electronic device, and the first application program may support communication between multiple users, such as sending texts, voices, files, etc. to each other. The user can log in to the first application on the sending terminal 101 using his user ID and password. After the user logs in to the first application, he can communicate with the contacts added by the user in the first application. In the embodiment of the present application, the user who logs in to the first application on the sending end 101 may be referred to as an associated user of the sending end 101.
图3A所示的用户界面31可以是发送端101响应于在用户界面21中图标201上接收到的用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)而显示的。用户界面31用于展示用户在第一应用程序中的一个或多个联系人选项。The user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A may be displayed by the sending terminal 101 in response to a user operation (such as a click operation, a touch operation, etc.) received on the icon 201 in the user interface 21. The user interface 31 is used to display one or more contact options of the user in the first application.
如图3A所示,用户界面31中显示有:状态栏301、标题栏302、搜索框303、一个或多个最近联系人选项、菜单栏305。As shown in FIG. 3A, the user interface 31 displays: a status bar 301, a title bar 302, a search box 303, one or more recent contact options, and a menu bar 305.
状态栏301可参考图2A中的状态栏。The status bar 301 can refer to the status bar in FIG. 2A.
标题栏302可包括用于指示当前页面的当前页面指示符,例如文本信息“嗨聊”用于指示当前页面为第一应用程序“嗨聊”提供的一个用户界面。The title bar 302 may include a current page indicator for indicating the current page, for example, the text information "Hi Chat" is used to indicate that the current page is a user interface provided by the first application "Hi Chat".
搜索框303可用于监听触摸操作、点击操作等,响应于该操作,发送端101可显示文本输入框,使得用户在该文本输入框中输入想要搜索的联系人选项、聊天记录(例如文本信息、图片、链接或其他文件等)。The search box 303 can be used to monitor touch operations, click operations, etc., in response to the operation, the sending end 101 can display a text input box so that the user can enter the contact options and chat records (such as text information) that the user wants to search in the text input box , Pictures, links or other files, etc.).
最近联系人选项中可包括用户最近在第一应用程序中通信过的一个或多个联系人对应的联系人选项,联系人选项可包括:公众号选项、用户选项以及群组选项等等。例如,最近联系人选项中包括联系人“Kate”的选项304A、群组“工作群”的选项304B。联系人选项的实现形式可包括但不限于:图标或文本。该图标或文本可用于指示联系人在第一应用程序中的用户标识。该用户标识可包括但不限于:联系人在第一应用程序中的账号、头像、昵称、名字等等。The recent contact options may include contact options corresponding to one or more contacts that the user has communicated recently in the first application program, and the contact options may include: official account options, user options, group options, and so on. For example, the recent contact options include an option 304A for the contact "Kate" and an option 304B for the group "workgroup". The realization form of the contact option may include, but is not limited to: icons or text. The icon or text can be used to indicate the user identification of the contact in the first application. The user identification may include, but is not limited to: the account number, avatar, nickname, name, etc. of the contact in the first application.
菜单栏305可包括多个控件,例如图3A所示的“嗨聊”、“通讯录”、“发现”和“我”。用户界面中除菜单栏305和状态栏301以外的显示区域所显示的内容和菜单栏305当前被选中的控件相关。图3A中菜单栏305当前被选中的控件为“嗨聊”。The menu bar 305 may include multiple controls, such as "Hi Chat", "Address Book", "Discover" and "Me" as shown in FIG. 3A. The content displayed in the display area other than the menu bar 305 and the status bar 301 in the user interface is related to the currently selected control in the menu bar 305. The currently selected control in the menu bar 305 in FIG. 3A is "Hi Chat".
发送端101可以响应于在联系人选项上检测到的用户操作,在显示屏上显示与该联系人选项对应的联系人的通信记录。在一些实施例中,在发送端101的“hishare”还未开启的情况下,发送端101还可以响应于在联系人选项上检测到的用户操作,开启“hishare”。The sending end 101 may respond to the user operation detected on the contact option and display the communication record of the contact corresponding to the contact option on the display screen. In some embodiments, when the "hishare" of the sender 101 has not been enabled, the sender 101 may also enable "hishare" in response to a user operation detected on the contact option.
在本申请实施例中,发送端101在联系人选项上检测到的用户操作,可以被称为用于选择联系人的用户操作。该联系人选项所对应的联系人为被选中的联系人。In the embodiment of the present application, the user operation detected by the sending end 101 on the contact option may be referred to as a user operation for selecting a contact. The contact corresponding to the contact option is the selected contact.
图3B示例性示出了发送端101响应于用户在联系人“Kate”的选项304A上输入的操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)而显示的用户界面32,被选中的联系人为“Kate”。用户界面32用于展示发送端101的关联用户和联系人“Kate”的通信记录。FIG. 3B exemplarily shows the user interface 32 displayed by the sender 101 in response to an operation (such as a click operation, a touch operation, etc.) input by the user on the option 304A of the contact "Kate", and the selected contact is "Kate" . The user interface 32 is used to display the communication records of the associated user of the sending terminal 101 and the contact "Kate".
如图3B所示,用户界面32中显示有:状态栏306、标题栏、发送端101的关联用户和联系人“Kate”的通信记录308(图3B所示的通信记录为空)、菜单309。As shown in FIG. 3B, the user interface 32 displays: a status bar 306, a title bar, a communication record 308 of the associated user and contact "Kate" of the sending end 101 (the communication record shown in FIG. 3B is empty), and a menu 309 .
状态栏306可参考图2A中的状态栏。The status bar 306 can refer to the status bar in FIG. 2A.
标题栏可包括用于指示当前页面的当前页面指示符307B,例如文本信息“Kate”用于指示当前页面为用户和联系人“Kate”通信的一个页面。标题栏还可包括返回键307A,返回键307A用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于对返回键307A的该用户操作显示图3A所示的用户界面31。The title bar may include a current page indicator 307B for indicating the current page, for example, the text information "Kate" is used to indicate that the current page is a page for communication between the user and the contact "Kate". The title bar may also include a return key 307A, which is used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 may display the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A in response to the user operation on the return key 307A.
菜单309可包括控件309A、文本输入框309B和控件309C。控件309A可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于作用于控件309A的用户操作而提示用户输入发送给联系人“Kate”的语音。文本输入框309B可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于作用于控件309B的用户操作而显示虚拟键盘,以供用户输入发送给联系人“Kate”的文本。控件309C可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于作用于控件309C的用户操作而显示更多的功能服务选项,例如用于拍摄图片的选项、用于发起和联系人“Kate”关联的设备之间的视频通话的选项、用于转账给联系人“Kate”的选项等等。The menu 309 may include a control 309A, a text input box 309B, and a control 309C. The control 309A can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending terminal 101 can prompt the user to input the voice sent to the contact "Kate" in response to the user operation on the control 309A. The text input box 309B can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can display a virtual keyboard in response to the user operations on the control 309B for the user to input the text sent to the contact "Kate". The control 309C can be used to monitor user operations, and the sender 101 can display more functional service options in response to user operations on the control 309C, such as options for taking pictures, and equipment for initiating association with the contact "Kate" Options for video calls between users, options for transferring money to the contact "Kate", etc.
2.图3C-图3E示出了用户在应用程序中选择联系人后,选择文件并分享给被选中的联系人的实施例。2. Figures 3C-3E show an embodiment in which a user selects a file and shares it with the selected contact after selecting a contact in the application.
图3C示例性示出了发送端101响应于在图3B所示用户界面32中控件309C上检测到的用户操作而显示的多个功能服务选项。如图3C所示,该多个功能服务选项中包括“hishare文件传输”310。FIG. 3C exemplarily shows a plurality of function service options displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B. As shown in FIG. 3C, the multiple function service options include "hishare file transfer" 310.
“hishare文件传输”选项310用于监听用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作、长按操作等等),发送端101可以响应于在”hishare文件传输”选项310上检测到的用户操作,显示用于展示发送端101存储的一个或多个文件的用户界面。The "hishare file transfer" option 310 is used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, long-press operations, etc.). The sender 101 can respond to the user operations detected on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 and display A user interface for displaying one or more files stored on the sending end 101.
在一些实施例中,在发送端101的“hishare”还未开启的情况下,发送端101还可以响应于在”hishare文件传输”选项310上检测到的用户操作,开启“hishare”。In some embodiments, when the "hishare" of the sender 101 has not been turned on, the sender 101 may also enable "hishare" in response to a user operation detected on the "hishare file transfer" option 310.
图3D示例性示出了发送端101上用于展示发送端101存储的一个或多个文件的用户界面33。如图所示,用户界面33可包括:状态栏311、控件312A、控件312B、文件区域313。FIG. 3D exemplarily shows a user interface 33 on the sending end 101 for displaying one or more files stored by the sending end 101. As shown in the figure, the user interface 33 may include: a status bar 311, a control 312A, a control 312B, and a file area 313.
状态栏311可参考图2A所示用户界面21中的状态栏。The status bar 311 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
控件312A可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于在控件312A上检测到的用户操作显示如图3C所示的用户界面32。The control 312A can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 32 as shown in FIG. 3C in response to the user operation detected on the control 312A.
控件312B可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于在控件312B上检测到的用户操作,将用户在文件区域313中已选定的文件发送给第一应用程序中被选中的联系人“Kate”关联的设备。在一些实施例中,控件312B在用户在文件区域313中选择文件后才能接收用户操作。可选的,如图3D所示,在用户还未在文件区域313中选择文件时,发送端101可以在控件312B上添加阴影,以提示用户控件312B还不能接收用户操作。The control 312B can be used to monitor user operations. The sender 101 can respond to the user operation detected on the control 312B, and send the file selected by the user in the file area 313 to the selected contact "Kate" in the first application. "Associated device. In some embodiments, the control 312B can only receive user operations after the user selects a file in the file area 313. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 3D, when the user has not selected a file in the file area 313, the sender 101 may add a shadow on the control 312B to remind the user that the control 312B cannot receive user operations.
文件区域313中可显示有一个或多个文件的缩略图或名称,例如图片的缩略图(如图片缩略图313A、图片缩略图313B)、视频的缩略图(如视频缩略图313C)、文档的名称(如Word格式文档的名称“小说1”313D)等等。文件的缩略图或名称所对应的文件例如图片缩略图313A对应的原图、视频缩略图313C对应的原视频等可以存储于发送端101上。当发送端101在文件区域313中检测到向上或向下的滑动操作时,发送端可以更新文件区域313中显示的内容,以便用户浏览更多文件的缩略图或名称。不限于向上或向下的滑动操作, 用户还可以在文件区域313中向左或向右滑动来浏览更多文件的缩略图或名称。The file area 313 may display thumbnails or names of one or more files, such as thumbnails of pictures (such as picture thumbnails 313A, picture thumbnails 313B), video thumbnails (such as video thumbnails 313C), Name (such as the name of the Word format document "Novel 1" 313D) and so on. The file corresponding to the thumbnail or name of the file, such as the original image corresponding to the picture thumbnail 313A, the original video corresponding to the video thumbnail 313C, etc., may be stored on the sending terminal 101. When the sending end 101 detects an upward or downward sliding operation in the file area 313, the sending end can update the content displayed in the file area 313 so that the user can browse more file thumbnails or names. Not limited to the upward or downward sliding operation, the user can also slide left or right in the file area 313 to browse the thumbnails or names of more files.
用户可以在文件区域313中输入用户操作以选择将要分享给联系人“Kate”的文件。该用户操作可以是作用于文件的缩略图或名称上的点击操作、触摸操作等等。例如,用户可以点击文件区域313中的图片缩略图313A、图片缩略图313B、名称“小说1”313D,将对应的文件例如图片缩略图313A对应的原图、图片缩略图313B对应的原图、名称“小说1”313D对应的文档选择为将要分享给联系人“Kate”的文件。在一些实施例中,如图3E所示,发送端还可以在文件区域313中已被用户选定的缩略图或者名称上显示标记313E,标记313E可表示该缩略图或名称对应的文件已被用户选择。The user can input a user operation in the file area 313 to select a file to be shared with the contact "Kate". The user operation may be a click operation, a touch operation, etc., acting on the thumbnail or name of the file. For example, the user can click on the image thumbnail 313A, the image thumbnail 313B, and the name "Novel 1" 313D in the file area 313, and select the corresponding file such as the original image corresponding to the image thumbnail 313A, the original image corresponding to the image thumbnail 313B, The file corresponding to the name "Novel 1" 313D is selected as the file to be shared with the contact "Kate". In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3E, the sender may also display a mark 313E on the thumbnail or name selected by the user in the file area 313. The mark 313E may indicate that the thumbnail or the file corresponding to the name has been User choice.
图3E示例性示出了用户将已选定的文件分享给第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”的实施例。如图3E所示,发送端101可以在用户界面33上检测到用于将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,该用户操作可以是作用于控件312B上的操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作),发送端101可以响应于该用户操作将用户已选定的文件传输给第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”关联的设备。不限于先选择文件然后点击控件312B的操作,发送端101还可以响应于其他形式的操作将用户已选定的文件传输给第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”关联的设备,例如还可以响应于用户选择文件后晃动发送端101的操作,又例如还可以响应于语音控制操作等,来传输文件等等。Fig. 3E exemplarily shows an embodiment in which the user shares the selected file with the contact "Kate" in the first application. As shown in FIG. 3E, the sending terminal 101 may detect a user operation for sharing the selected file to the contact on the user interface 33, and the user operation may be an operation acting on the control 312B (for example, a click operation, Touch operation), the sending end 101 can transmit the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to the user operation. Not limited to the operation of first selecting a file and then clicking the control 312B, the sender 101 can also transmit the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to other forms of operation, for example, it can also In response to the user's operation of shaking the sending terminal 101 after selecting a file, for example, the file can be transferred in response to a voice control operation or the like.
联系人关联的设备是指,该联系人当前登录该第一应用程序时所使用的设备。在本申请实施例中,用户选中的联系人关联的设备即为接收端102。也就是说,用户在第一应用程序中选中的联系人是该接收端102的关联用户。The device associated with the contact refers to the device used when the contact currently logs in to the first application. In this embodiment of the present application, the device associated with the contact selected by the user is the receiving end 102. In other words, the contact selected by the user in the first application is an associated user of the receiving terminal 102.
发送端101如何确定用户选中的联系人关联的设备(例如第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”关联的设备),即如何确定接收端102,可参考后续实施例的详细描述,在此暂不赘述。How the sender 101 determines the device associated with the contact selected by the user (for example, the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application), that is, how to determine the receiver 102, can refer to the detailed description of the subsequent embodiments. Do not go into details.
在本申请实施例中,发送端101通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件传输给接收端102,该传输过程的具体实现可参考后续实施例的详细描述,在此暂不赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 101 transmits the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". For the specific implementation of the transmission process, please refer to the detailed description of the subsequent embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,发送端101响应于检测到的用于将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,将已选定的文件传输给接收端102后,还可以在图3F-图3I中一项或多项示例性所示的文件传输记录314中显示提示信息315。提示信息315用于提示用户已选定的文件的传输状态,可以使得用户非常直观地获知已选定的文件的传输状态,提升了用户体验。在其他一些实施例中,提示信息315也可以不是显示在显示屏上可视化界面元素,而是通过扬声器170A播放的音频。In some embodiments, the sending end 101 responds to the detected user operation for sharing the selected file to the contact, and after transmitting the selected file to the receiving end 102, it may be shown in FIG. 3F-figure. Prompt information 315 is displayed in one or more exemplary file transfer records 314 shown in 3I. The prompt information 315 is used to prompt the user of the transmission status of the selected file, which can make the user know the transmission status of the selected file very intuitively, and improve the user experience. In some other embodiments, the prompt information 315 may not be a visual interface element displayed on the display screen, but may be audio played through the speaker 170A.
3.图3F-图3I示出了发送端101上的用于反馈文件传输状态的用户界面。3. FIG. 3F-FIG. 3I show the user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
发送端101在响应将已选定的文件分享给联系人的操作、将该文件传输给接收端102后,如图3F-图3I所示,发送端101可以在图3C示例性所示的用户界面32的通信记录308中显示文件传输记录314。其中,用户界面32为用于展示发送端101的关联用户和联系人“Kate”的通信记录的用户界面。这样用户可以在用户界面32中和联系人进行通信,例如发送文本、语音等等。After the sending end 101 responds to the operation of sharing the selected file to the contact and transmits the file to the receiving end 102, as shown in FIG. 3F-FIG. 3I, the sending end 101 may exemplify the user as shown in FIG. 3C. The file transfer record 314 is displayed in the communication record 308 of the interface 32. Among them, the user interface 32 is a user interface for displaying the communication records of the associated user of the sending terminal 101 and the contact "Kate". In this way, the user can communicate with the contact in the user interface 32, for example, sending text, voice, and so on.
如图3F-图3I所示,文件传输记录314中可包括:发送端101的关联用户的头像、用户已选定的一个或多个文件的缩略图或名称、提示信息315。提示信息315用于指示用户 已选定的文件的传输状态。As shown in FIGS. 3F-3I, the file transfer record 314 may include: the avatar of the associated user of the sending end 101, the thumbnail or name of one or more files selected by the user, and prompt information 315. The prompt message 315 is used to indicate the transmission status of the file selected by the user.
如图3F所示,提示信息315可用于提示用户已选定的文件的传输状态为第一传输状态。第一传输状态可以是指用户已选定的文件正在等待被接收端102接收。提示信息315可以包括以下一项或多项:文本信息“等待对方接收”、覆盖于全部文件缩略图或名称上的阴影。在一些实施例中,发送端101显示如图3F所示的提示信息315时,还可以在文件传输记录314中显示用于取消传输文件的控件。该控件可以实现为文本“取消传输”。取消传输文件是指发送端101不发送文件给接收端102。As shown in FIG. 3F, the prompt message 315 may be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the first transmission state. The first transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user is waiting to be received by the receiving terminal 102. The prompt message 315 may include one or more of the following: the text message "waiting to be received by the other party", and a shadow covering all the file thumbnails or names. In some embodiments, when the sending end 101 displays the prompt message 315 as shown in FIG. 3F, it may also display a control for canceling the file transfer in the file transfer record 314. The control can be implemented as the text "Cancel Transfer". Cancelling the file transmission means that the sending end 101 does not send the file to the receiving end 102.
如图3G所示,提示信息315可用于提示用户已选定的文件的传输状态为第二传输状态。第二传输状态可以是指用户已选定的文件正在被传输给接收端102。提示信息315可以包括以下一项或多项:文本信息“发送中”、进度条、覆盖部分文件缩略图或名称上的阴影。As shown in FIG. 3G, the prompt message 315 can be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the second transmission state. The second transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user is being transmitted to the receiving end 102. The prompt information 315 may include one or more of the following: text information "Sending", a progress bar, and a shadow on the thumbnail or name of the covered part of the file.
如图3H所示,提示信息315可用于提示用户已选定的文件的传输状态为第三传输状态。第三传输状态可以是指用户已选定的文件被成功传输给接收端102。提示信息315可以包括以下一项或多项:文本信息“发送成功”、进度条。As shown in FIG. 3H, the prompt message 315 may be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the third transmission state. The third transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user is successfully transmitted to the receiving end 102. The prompt information 315 may include one or more of the following: text information "send successfully" and a progress bar.
如图3I所示,提示信息315可用于提示用户已选定的文件的传输状态为第四传输状态。第四传输状态可以是指用户已选定的文件未被成功传输给接收端102。提示信息315可以包括以下一项或多项:文本信息“发送失败”、进度条、覆盖全部文件缩略图或名称上的阴影。在一些实施例中,发送端101显示如图3I所示的提示信息315时,还可以在文件传输记录314中显示用于重新传输文件的控件。该控件可以实现为文本“重新传输”。重新传输文件是指发送端101再一次发送用户已选定的文件给接收端102。用户已选定的文件未被成功传输给接收端102的原因可包括但不限于:发送端101附近的设备中不存在被选中的联系人关联的设备,发送端101和接收端102之间的通信连接被中断等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。As shown in FIG. 3I, the prompt message 315 can be used to prompt the user that the transmission state of the file selected by the user is the fourth transmission state. The fourth transmission state may mean that the file selected by the user has not been successfully transmitted to the receiving end 102. The prompt information 315 may include one or more of the following: text information "sending failed", a progress bar, and shadows on thumbnails or names of all files. In some embodiments, when the sending end 101 displays the prompt message 315 as shown in FIG. 3I, it may also display a control for retransmitting the file in the file transfer record 314. The control can be implemented as the text "Retransmit". Retransmitting the file means that the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 again. The reason why the file selected by the user is not successfully transmitted to the receiving end 102 may include but is not limited to: there is no device associated with the selected contact among the devices near the sending end 101, and there is a problem between the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102. The communication connection is interrupted, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
不限于图3F-图3I所示的几种提示信息,在其他一些实施例中,发送端101还可以显示其他的一些提示信息,例如用于提示用户已选定的文件中部分被成功传输给接收端102的提示信息、用于提示用户联系人拒绝接受文件的提示信息等等。It is not limited to the several prompt messages shown in FIGS. 3F-31. In some other embodiments, the sending end 101 may also display other prompt messages, for example, to remind the user that some of the files selected by the user have been successfully transmitted to The prompt information of the receiving terminal 102, the prompt information used to prompt the user contact to refuse to accept the file, and so on.
通过图3A-图3I示例性示出的UI实施例,用户在第一应用程序中选中联系人后,可以触发发送端101将已选定的文件发送给接收端102。这样发送端101可以在第一应用程序中通过“hishare”来分享文件,用户体验直观且简单,极大提高了在应用程序中分享文件的效率。Through the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A to 3I, after the user selects a contact in the first application, the sending end 101 can be triggered to send the selected file to the receiving end 102. In this way, the sender 101 can share files through "hishare" in the first application, and the user experience is intuitive and simple, which greatly improves the efficiency of sharing files in the application.
在上述第(一)种用户先选择联系人,再选择文件进行分享的场景下,不限于图3A-图3I所示的UI实施例,发送端101还可以在执行本申请实施例提供的方法时显示其他的一些UI实施例。下面将介绍几种关于上述图3A-图3I所示的UI实施例的相关扩展。In the above-mentioned (1) scenario where the user first selects a contact and then selects a file to share, it is not limited to the UI embodiment shown in FIGS. 3A-3I. The sending end 101 may also execute the method provided in the embodiment of this application. Some other UI examples are displayed at the same time. Several related extensions to the above-mentioned UI embodiments shown in FIGS. 3A to 3I will be introduced below.
1.扩展1:关于图3C所示UI实施例的相关扩展1. Extension 1: Related extensions to the UI embodiment shown in Figure 3C
如图3C所示,发送端101可以响应于在图3B所示用户界面32中控件308C上检测到的用户操作而显示多个功能服务选项,该多个功能服务选项中包括”hishare文件传输”选项310。并且,该”hishare文件传输”选项310可以接收用户操作,发送端101可以响应于该用 户操作显示如图3D所示的用户界面33。As shown in FIG. 3C, the sending end 101 may display a plurality of functional service options in response to a user operation detected on the control 308C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and the multiple functional service options include "hishare file transfer" Option 310. In addition, the "hishare file transfer" option 310 can receive a user operation, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 33 as shown in FIG. 3D in response to the user operation.
不限于图3C所示的方式,在本申请实施例中,发送端101还可以通过以下(1)或(2)中描述的方式来显示”hishare文件传输”选项。It is not limited to the manner shown in FIG. 3C. In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 101 may also display the "hishare file transfer" option in the manner described in (1) or (2) below.
(1)在一些实施例中,发送端101可以在确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件后,再显示”hishare文件传输”选项310。(1) In some embodiments, the sender 101 may display the "hishare file transfer" option 310 after determining that the file can be transferred with the receiver 102 through "hishare".
参考图4A-图4C,其示出了发送端101显示”hishare文件传输”选项310的一种实现方式。在本申请的一些实施例中,上述图3A-图3I所示文件分享过程中的图3B-图3C可以被替换为图4A-图4C。Referring to FIGS. 4A-4C, it shows an implementation manner in which the sender 101 displays the "hishare file transfer" option 310. In some embodiments of the present application, FIGS. 3B-3C in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 3A-3I can be replaced with FIGS. 4A-4C.
图4A所示的用户界面32和图3B所示的用户界面32相同,可参考相关描述。The user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4A is the same as the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
图4B所示的用户界面32中可以包括发送端101响应于在图4A所示用户界面32中控件309C上检测到的用户操作而显示的多个功能服务选项。如图4B所示,在发送端101确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件之前,发送端101显示的多个功能服务选项中并不包括”hishare文件传输”选项。The user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4B may include multiple functional service options displayed by the sending terminal 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4A. As shown in FIG. 4B, before the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", the multiple function service options displayed by the sending end 101 do not include the "hishare file transfer" option.
如图4C所示,一段时间后,如果发送端101确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件,则发送端可以在用户界面32中新增显示”hishare文件传输”选项310。在一些实施例中,为了在用户界面中新增显示”hishare文件传输”选项310,发送端可以调整各个功能服务选项的排布方式,例如减小各个功能服务选项之间的间距,停止显示某个功能选项等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。As shown in FIG. 4C, after a period of time, if the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", the sending end can newly display a "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32. In some embodiments, in order to newly display the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface, the sender can adjust the arrangement of each function service option, for example, reduce the distance between each function service option, and stop displaying a certain function. There are no restrictions on this in the embodiment of the present application.
图4C所示的”hishare文件传输”选项和图3C中的”hishare文件传输”选项相同,可用于监听用户操作,可参考相关描述,这里不再赘述。The "hishare file transfer" option shown in FIG. 4C is the same as the "hishare file transfer" option in FIG. 3C, which can be used to monitor user operations. You can refer to related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
通过上述第(1)点中的扩展,发送端101在确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件后,再显示”hishare文件传输”选项310,这样可以在用户想要通过“hishare”传输文件给联系人时,提升文件被成功传输的概率,给用户更好的使用体验。Through the expansion in point (1) above, the sender 101 will display the “hishare file transfer” option 310 after confirming that it can transfer files with the receiver 102 via “hishare”, so that it can be used when the user wants to transfer files via “hishare” When a file is given to a contact, the probability of the file being successfully transferred is increased, and the user has a better experience.
(2)发送端101可以在确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件后,再显示可接收用户操作的”hishare文件传输”选项310。(2) The sending end 101 may display the “hishare file transfer” option 310 that can receive user operations after determining that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through “hishare”.
参考图4D-图4F,其示出了发送端101显示”hishare文件传输”选项310的另一种实现方式。在本申请的一些实施例中,上述图3A-图3I所示文件分享过程中的图3B-图3C实施例可以被替换为图4D-图4F。Referring to FIGS. 4D-4F, it shows another implementation manner in which the sender 101 displays the "hishare file transfer" option 310. In some embodiments of the present application, the embodiments of FIGS. 3B-3C in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 3A-3I can be replaced with FIGS. 4D-4F.
图4D所示的用户界面32和图3B所示的用户界面32相同,可参考相关描述。The user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4D is the same as the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
图4E所示的用户界面32中可以包括发送端101响应于在图4A所示用户界面32中控件309C上检测到的用户操作而显示的多个功能服务选项。在发送端101确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件之前,发送端101显示的多个功能服务选项中的”hishare文件传输”选项310不能接收用户操作。”hishare文件传输”选项310不能接收用户操作是指,发送端101不响应作用于”hishare文件传输”选项310上的用户操作而显示用于展示发送端101存储的文件的用户界面。The user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4E may include multiple functional service options displayed by the sending terminal 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4A. Before the sender 101 determines that the file can be transferred with the receiver 102 through "hishare", the "hishare file transfer" option 310 among the multiple functional service options displayed by the sender 101 cannot receive user operations. The "hishare file transfer" option 310 cannot receive user operations means that the sender 101 does not display a user interface for displaying the files stored by the sender 101 in response to the user operation on the "hishare file transfer" option 310.
在一些实施例中,发送端101确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件之前,可以在用户界面32上显示提示信息,用于提示当前还不能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件。该提示信息可包括但不限于:图4E所示的覆盖于”hishare文件传输”选项310上的阴 影、文本信息、动画等等。In some embodiments, before the sending end 101 determines that the file can be transferred with the receiving end 102 via "hishare", a prompt message may be displayed on the user interface 32 to prompt that it is not currently possible to transfer the file with the receiving end 102 via "hishare". . The prompt information may include, but is not limited to: shadows, text information, animations, etc., overlaid on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 shown in FIG. 4E.
如图4F所示,一段时间后,如果发送端101确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件,则发送端101显示的用户界面32中的”hishare文件传输”选项310可用于接收用户操作。”hishare文件传输”选项310可以接收用户操作是指,发送端101可以响应作用于”hishare文件传输”选项310上的用户操作显示用于展示发送端101存储的文件的用户界面。As shown in FIG. 4F, after a period of time, if the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32 displayed by the sending end 101 can be used to receive user operations . The “hishare file transfer” option 310 that can receive user operations means that the sender 101 can display a user interface for displaying the files stored by the sender 101 in response to the user operation on the “hishare file transfer” option 310.
发送端101能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件的情况包括:The situations in which the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 can transfer files through "hishare" include:
情况1.当发送端101通过蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP中一项或多项无线通信技术将文件发送给接收端102时,该发送端101和接收端102之间已经建立了通信连接。该通信连接用于发送端101和接收端102之间的文件传输。 Case 1. When the sending end 101 sends a file to the receiving end 102 through one or more of the wireless communication technologies of Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), and Wi-Fi softAP, the sending end 101 and A communication connection has been established between the receiving ends 102. This communication connection is used for file transfer between the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102.
情况2.发送端101通过NFC将文件发送给接收端102时,发送端101和接收端102之间的距离在NFC的有效通信距离内。换句话说,当发送端101通过NFC将文件发送给接收端102时,发送端101能够通过NFC发现接收端102。 Case 2. When the sending end 101 sends a file to the receiving end 102 via NFC, the distance between the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 is within the effective communication distance of NFC. In other words, when the sending end 101 sends a file to the receiving end 102 through NFC, the sending end 101 can discover the receiving end 102 through NFC.
情况3.当发送端101通过Wi-Fi LAN等无线通信技术将文件发送给接收端时,发送端101和接收端102处于同一个LAN。Case 3. When the sending end 101 sends a file to the receiving end through wireless communication technologies such as Wi-Fi LAN, the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 are in the same LAN.
通过上述第(2)点中的扩展,发送端101在确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件后,显示可以接收用户操作的”hishare文件传输”选项310,这样可以使用户准确知道当前是否可以通过“hishare”传输文件给联系人,提升文件被成功传输的概率,给用户更好的使用体验。Through the expansion in point (2) above, after the sender 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiver 102 through "hishare", it displays the "hishare file transfer" option 310 that can receive user operations, so that the user can accurately know the current Is it possible to transfer files to contacts through "hishare" to increase the probability of files being successfully transferred and give users a better user experience.
2.扩展2:关于图3C所示UI实施例的相关扩展2. Extension 2: Regarding the relevant extension of the UI embodiment shown in Figure 3C
如图3C所示,发送端101可以响应于在图3B所示用户界面32中控件309C上检测到的用户操作而显示多个功能服务选项,该多个功能服务选项中包括”hishare文件传输”选项310。并且,该”hishare文件传输”选项310可以接收用户操作,发送端101可以响应于该用户操作显示用于展示发送端101存储的文件的用户界面33。发送端101可以将用户在用户界面33中选择的文件通过“hishare”发送给接收端102。As shown in FIG. 3C, the sending end 101 may display a plurality of functional service options in response to the user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, and the multiple functional service options include "hishare file transfer" Option 310. In addition, the "hishare file transfer" option 310 can receive a user operation, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 33 for displaying the file stored by the sending end 101 in response to the user operation. The sending end 101 may send the file selected by the user in the user interface 33 to the receiving end 102 through "hishare".
不限于图3C所示的方式,在本申请其他一些实施例中,发送端101可以响应于在图3B所示用户界面32中控件309C上检测到的用户操作而显示多个功能服务选项,该多个功能服务选项中可以不包括”hishare文件传输”选项310。当用户通过这些功能服务选项来分享文件给联系人时,发送端101可以通过“hishare”将该文件发送给接收端102。It is not limited to the manner shown in FIG. 3C. In some other embodiments of the present application, the sending end 101 may display multiple functional service options in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B. The "hishare file transfer" option 310 may not be included in the multiple function service options. When a user shares a file with a contact through these functional service options, the sending end 101 can send the file to the receiving end 102 through “hishare”.
图5A-图5I示出了在扩展2下,发送端101上实现的用户界面。在本申请的一些实施例中,上述图3A-图3I所示文件分享过程中的图3A-图3E实施例可以被替换为图5A-图5E,图3F-图3I可以被替换为图5F-图5I。5A-5I show the user interface implemented on the sending end 101 under extension 2. In some embodiments of the present application, the embodiment of FIGS. 3A-3E in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 3A-3I can be replaced with FIGS. 5A-5E, and FIGS. 3F-3I can be replaced with FIG. 5F -Figure 5I.
首先,图5A-图5B示出了用户在应用程序中选择联系人的实施例。First, Figures 5A-5B show an embodiment in which a user selects a contact in an application.
图5A所示的用户界面51可参考图3A所示的用户界面31,图5B所示的用户界面52可参考图3B所示的用户界面32。The user interface 51 shown in FIG. 5A may refer to the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A, and the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B may refer to the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B.
其次,图5C-图5E示出了用户在应用程序中选择联系人后,选择文件分享给该联系人的实施例。Secondly, Figures 5C-5E show an embodiment in which the user selects a contact in the application and then selects a file to share with the contact.
图5C示例性示出了发送端101响应于在图5B所示用户界面52中控件309C上检测到的用户操作而显示的多个功能服务选项。图5C和图3C的不同之处在于,图5C所示的用 户界面52中并不包括”hishare文件传输”选项。如图5C所示,用户界面52中的多个功能服务选项中包括用于分享图片和/或视频的选项501。FIG. 5C exemplarily shows a plurality of function service options displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 309C in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B. The difference between Fig. 5C and Fig. 3C is that the user interface 52 shown in Fig. 5C does not include the "hishare file transfer" option. As shown in FIG. 5C, the multiple functional service options in the user interface 52 include an option 501 for sharing pictures and/or videos.
选项501用于监听用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作、长按操作等等),发送端101可以响应于在选项501上检测到的用户操作,显示用于展示发送端101存储的一个或多个图片及视频的用户界面。在发送端101的“hishare”还未开启的情况下,发送端101还可以响应于在选项501上检测到的用户操作,开启“hishare”。 Option 501 is used to monitor user operations (for example, click operations, touch operations, long-press operations, etc.). The sender 101 can respond to the user operations detected on the option 501 to display one or more of the stored information of the sender 101. A picture and video user interface. In the case that the "hishare" of the sending end 101 has not been turned on, the sending end 101 may also enable the "hishare" in response to the user operation detected on the option 501.
图5D示例性示出了发送端101上用于展示发送端101存储的一个或多个图片及视频的用户界面53。如图所示,用户界面53可包括:状态栏502、控件503A、控件503B、文件区域504。FIG. 5D exemplarily shows a user interface 53 on the sending end 101 for displaying one or more pictures and videos stored by the sending end 101. As shown in the figure, the user interface 53 may include: a status bar 502, a control 503A, a control 503B, and a file area 504.
状态栏502可参考图2A所示用户界面21中的状态栏。The status bar 502 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
控件503A可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于在控件503A上检测到的用户操作显示如图5C所示的用户界面52。The control 503A can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can display a user interface 52 as shown in FIG. 5C in response to the user operation detected on the control 503A.
控件503B可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于在控件503B上检测到的用户操作将用户在文件区域504中已选定的文件发送给第一应用程序的联系人“Kate”关联的设备。在一些实施例中,控件503B在用户在文件区域504中选择文件后才能接收用户操作。可选的,如图5D所示,在用户还未在文件区域504中选择文件时,发送端101可以在控件503B上添加阴影,以提示用户控件503B还不能接收用户操作。The control 503B can be used to monitor user operations, and the sending end 101 can send the file selected by the user in the file area 504 to the device associated with the contact "Kate" of the first application in response to the user operation detected on the control 503B. . In some embodiments, the control 503B can only receive user operations after the user selects a file in the file area 504. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 5D, when the user has not selected a file in the file area 504, the sender 101 may add a shadow on the control 503B to remind the user that the control 503B cannot receive user operations.
文件区域504中可显示有一个或多个图片及视频的缩略图,例如图片的缩略图(如图片缩略图504A)、视频的缩略图(如视频缩略图504B)等等。图片及视频的缩略图所对应的原图、原视频等可以存储于发送端101上。当发送端101在文件区域504中检测到向上或向下的滑动操作时,发送端可以更新文件区域504中显示的内容,以便用户浏览更多图片和/或视频的缩略图。不限于向上或向下的滑动操作,用户还可以在文件区域504中向左或向右滑动来浏览更多图片和/或视频的缩略图或名称。在一些实施例中,文件区域504中还可以显示有控件504C。发送端101可以响应于用户在控件504C上输入的操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)更新文件区域504中显示的内容,以便用户浏览更多图片和/或视频的缩略图。One or more thumbnails of pictures and videos may be displayed in the file area 504, such as thumbnails of pictures (such as picture thumbnail 504A), thumbnails of video (such as video thumbnail 504B), and so on. The original images, original videos, etc. corresponding to the thumbnails of the pictures and videos can be stored on the sending terminal 101. When the sending end 101 detects an upward or downward sliding operation in the file area 504, the sending end may update the content displayed in the file area 504 so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos. Not limited to the upward or downward sliding operations, the user can also slide left or right in the file area 504 to browse more thumbnails or names of pictures and/or videos. In some embodiments, a control 504C may also be displayed in the file area 504. The sending terminal 101 may update the content displayed in the file area 504 in response to an operation input by the user on the control 504C (for example, a click operation, a touch operation, etc.), so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos.
用户可以在文件区域504中输入用户操作以选择将要分享给联系人“Kate”的图片和/或视频。该用户操作可以是作用于图片和/或视频的缩略图上的点击操作、触摸操作等等。例如,用户可以点击文件区域504中的图片缩略图504A、视频缩略图504B,将对应的文件例如图片缩略图504A对应的原图、视频缩略图504B对应的原视频确定为将要分享给联系人“Kate”的文件。在一些实施例中,如图5E所示,发送端还可以在文件区域504中被用户选定的缩略图上显示标记504D,标记504D可表示该缩略图对应的原图片或原视频已被用户选定。The user can input a user operation in the file area 504 to select a picture and/or video to be shared with the contact "Kate". The user operation may be a click operation, a touch operation, etc., acting on the thumbnail of the picture and/or video. For example, the user can click on the image thumbnail 504A and the video thumbnail 504B in the file area 504, and determine the corresponding file, such as the original image corresponding to the image thumbnail 504A, and the original video corresponding to the video thumbnail 504B, as to be shared with the contact. Kate’s file. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5E, the sender may also display a mark 504D on the thumbnail selected by the user in the file area 504. The mark 504D may indicate that the original picture or original video corresponding to the thumbnail has been selected by the user. Selected.
图5E示例性示出了用户将已选定的文件分享给第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”的实施例。如图5E所示,发送端101可以在用户界面53中检测到用于将已选定的图片和/或视频分享至联系人的用户操作,该用户操作可以是作用于控件503B上的操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作)。发送端101可以响应于该操作将用户已选定的图片和/或视频传输给第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”关联的设备。不限于点击控件503B的操作,发送端101还可以响应 于其他形式的操作将用户已选定的图片和/或视频传输给第一应用程序中的联系人“Kate”关联的设备,例如还可以响应于用户晃动发送端101的操作,又例如还可以响应于语音控制操作等,来将用户已选定的图片和/或视频发送给联系人“Kate”关联的设备等等。Fig. 5E exemplarily shows an embodiment in which the user shares the selected file with the contact "Kate" in the first application. As shown in FIG. 5E, the sender 101 can detect a user operation for sharing the selected picture and/or video to the contact in the user interface 53, and the user operation can be an operation on the control 503B ( For example, click operation, touch operation). The sending end 101 may transmit the picture and/or video selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to this operation. Not limited to the operation of clicking the control 503B, the sending terminal 101 can also transmit the pictures and/or videos selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the first application in response to other forms of operation, for example, it can also In response to the user's operation of shaking the sending terminal 101, for example, it may also respond to a voice control operation, etc., to send the picture and/or video selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" and so on.
这里,发送端101响应于用于将已选定的图片和/或视频分享至联系人的用户操作,将用户已选定的图片和/或视频发送给接收端102时,可以根据以下任意一种策略来发送:Here, in response to the user operation for sharing the selected picture and/or video to the contact, the sending end 101 sends the picture and/or video selected by the user to the receiving end 102 according to any one of the following Kinds of strategies to send:
策略1.发送端101在确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件后,直接通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。若发送端101确定不能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件,则通过3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝技术或Wi-Fi技术将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。发送端101能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件的情况可参考上述第1点扩展1中的相关描述。 Strategy 1. After determining that the sending end 101 can transmit files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", it directly sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". If the sending end 101 determines that the file cannot be transferred with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", the file selected by the user is sent to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G or other cellular technologies or Wi-Fi technology. For the situation that the sending end 101 and the receiving end 102 can transfer files through "hishare", please refer to the related description in the first point extension 1 above.
策略2.发送端101确定用户已选定的文件的总大小,若总大小超过第一阈值,则通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。若总大小不超过第一阈值,则发送端101通过3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝技术或Wi-Fi技术将已选定的文件发送给接收端102。 Strategy 2. The sending end 101 determines the total size of the file selected by the user, and if the total size exceeds the first threshold, the file selected by the user is sent to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". If the total size does not exceed the first threshold, the sending end 101 sends the selected file to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G, or other cellular technology or Wi-Fi technology.
策略3.发送端101询问用户是否通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102,在检测到用户指示通过“hishare”发送已选定的文件的用户操作时,通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。发送端101可输出显示在显示屏上的可视化界面元素、语音等来询问用户是否通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。这种策略可以使得发送端101根据用户需求来通过“hishare”发送已选定的文件。Strategy 3. The sending end 101 asks the user whether to send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare", and when it detects the user's operation instructing to send the selected file through "hishare", it passes "hishare" The file selected by the user is sent to the receiving terminal 102. The sending end 101 can output visual interface elements, voice, etc. displayed on the display screen to ask the user whether to send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". This strategy can enable the sending end 101 to send the selected file through "hishare" according to the user's needs.
发送端101通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102的过程的具体实现可参考后续实施例的详细描述,在此暂不赘述。For the specific implementation of the process in which the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare", reference may be made to the detailed description of the subsequent embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
最后,图5F-图5I示出了发送端101上的用于反馈文件传输状态的用户界面。Finally, FIG. 5F-FIG. 5I show the user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
发送端101在响应用于将用户已选定的文件分享给联系人的操作而将用户已选定的文件传输给接收端102后,如图5F-图5I所示,发送端101可以在图5C示例性所示的用户界面32的通信记录308中显示文件传输记录505。After the sending end 101 transmits the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 in response to the operation for sharing the file selected by the user to the contact, as shown in FIG. 5F-FIG. 5I, the sending end 101 can be shown in FIG. The file transfer record 505 is displayed in the communication record 308 of the user interface 32 exemplarily shown in 5C.
文件传输记录505中包括提示信息506。文件传输505的具体实现可参考图3F-图3I所示的文件传输记录314。The file transfer record 505 includes prompt information 506. For the specific implementation of the file transmission 505, refer to the file transmission record 314 shown in FIGS. 3F-3I.
如图5F所示,提示信息506可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第一传输状态。第一传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息506可参考图3F所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 5F, the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the first transmission state. For the first transmission status, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 506 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3F.
如图5G所示,提示信息506可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第二传输状态。第二传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息506可参考图3G所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 5G, the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the second transmission state. For the second transmission state, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 506 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3G.
如图5H所示,提示信息506可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第三传输状态。第三传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息506可参考图3H所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 5H, the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the third transmission state. For the third transmission state, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 506 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3H.
如图5I所示,提示信息506可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第四传输状态。第四传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息506可参考图3I所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 5I, the prompt message 506 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the fourth transmission state. For the fourth transmission state, refer to the previous description. For the prompt information 506, refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3I.
通过图5A-图5I示例性示出的UI实施例,发送端101的关联用户在第一应用程序中选择联系人后,可以通过功能服务选项触发发送端101将已选定的文件发送给接收端102。这样发送端101可以在第一应用程序中通过“hishare”来分享文件,用户体验直观且简单,极大提高了在应用程序中分享文件的效率。通过图5A-图5I示例性示出的UI实施例,发送 端101无需提供特殊的”hishare文件传输”选项,就可以在用户触发发送端101发送已选定的文件给接收端102时,通过“hishare”将文件发送给接收端102。Through the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5A-5I, after the associated user of the sending end 101 selects a contact in the first application, the sending end 101 can be triggered to send the selected file to the receiver through the function service option.端102. In this way, the sender 101 can share files through "hishare" in the first application, and the user experience is intuitive and simple, which greatly improves the efficiency of sharing files in the application. With the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5A-5I, the sending end 101 does not need to provide a special "hishare file transfer" option, and when the user triggers the sending end 101 to send the selected file to the receiving end 102, through "Hishare" sends the file to the receiving end 102.
(二)场景二:用户先选择文件,再选择联系人进行分享的场景。(2) Scenario 2: The user selects the file first, and then selects the contact to share.
图6A-图6H示例性示出了发送端101在场景二中所显示的用户界面。6A-6H exemplarily show the user interface displayed by the sending end 101 in the second scenario.
1.图6A-图6B示出了用户选择文件的实施例。1. Figures 6A-6B show an embodiment in which a user selects a file.
图6A示例性示出了发送端101显示的第二应用程序(例如“图库”)的用户界面61。用户界面61可用于展示发送端101中存储的一个或多个图片和/或视频。第二应用程序可以支持用户对存储于发送端101上的文件进行各种操作,例如浏览、编辑、删除、选择等操作。“图库”是安装于智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备上的一款图片管理的应用程序,又可以称为“相册”,本实施例对该应用程序的名称不做限制。即“图库”管理的对象是图片和/或视频。FIG. 6A exemplarily shows the user interface 61 of the second application (for example, "Gallery") displayed by the sending end 101. The user interface 61 may be used to display one or more pictures and/or videos stored in the sending terminal 101. The second application program can support the user to perform various operations on the files stored on the sending terminal 101, such as browsing, editing, deleting, and selecting operations. "Gallery" is a picture management application installed on smart phones, tablet computers and other electronic devices, and can also be called "album". This embodiment does not limit the name of the application. That is, the objects managed by the "Gallery" are pictures and/or videos.
如图6A所示,用户界面61可包括:状态栏601、标题栏602、图片区域603。其中:As shown in FIG. 6A, the user interface 61 may include: a status bar 601, a title bar 602, and a picture area 603. among them:
状态栏601可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏。The status bar 601 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
标题栏602可包括当前页面指示符,例如文本信息“图库”。不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符还可以是图标。The title bar 602 may include a current page indicator, for example, the text information "Gallery". Not limited to text information, the current page indicator can also be an icon.
图片区域603中可显示有一个或多个图片及视频的缩略图,例如图片的缩略图(如图片缩略图603A)、视频的缩略图(如视频缩略图603B)等等。图片及视频的缩略图所对应的原图、原视频等可以存储于发送端101上。当发送端101在图片区域603中检测到向上或向下的滑动操作时,发送端可以更新图片区域603中显示的内容,以便用户浏览更多图片和/或视频的缩略图。不限于向上或向下的滑动操作,用户还可以在图片区域603中向左或向右滑动来浏览更多图片和/或视频的缩略图或名称。在一些实施例中,图片区域603中还可以显示有控件603C。发送端101可以响应于用户在控件603C上输入的操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)更新图片区域603中显示的内容,以便用户浏览更多图片和/或视频的缩略图。One or more thumbnails of pictures and videos may be displayed in the picture area 603, such as picture thumbnails (such as picture thumbnail 603A), video thumbnails (such as video thumbnail 603B), and so on. The original images, original videos, etc. corresponding to the thumbnails of the pictures and videos can be stored on the sending terminal 101. When the sending end 101 detects an upward or downward sliding operation in the picture area 603, the sending end may update the content displayed in the picture area 603, so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos. Not limited to the upward or downward sliding operation, the user can also swipe left or right in the picture area 603 to browse more thumbnails or names of pictures and/or videos. In some embodiments, a control 603C may also be displayed in the picture area 603. The sending terminal 101 may update the content displayed in the picture area 603 in response to an operation input by the user on the control 603C (for example, a click operation, a touch operation, etc.), so that the user can browse more thumbnails of pictures and/or videos.
用户可以在图片区域603中输入用户操作以选择图片和/或视频。该用户操作可以是作用于图片和/或视频的缩略图上的点击操作、触摸操作等等。例如,用户可以点击图片区域603中的图片缩略图603A、视频缩略图603B,将对应的文件例如图片缩略图603A对应的原图、视频缩略图603B对应的原视频确定为将要分享给联系人的文件。在一些实施例中,如图6B所示,发送端还可以在图片区域603中被用户选定的缩略图上显示标记603D,标记603D可表示该缩略图对应的原图片或原视频已被用户选择。The user can input a user operation in the picture area 603 to select a picture and/or video. The user operation may be a click operation, a touch operation, etc., acting on the thumbnail of the picture and/or video. For example, the user can click on the picture thumbnail 603A and the video thumbnail 603B in the picture area 603 to determine the corresponding files such as the original image corresponding to the picture thumbnail 603A and the original video corresponding to the video thumbnail 603B as the ones to be shared with the contact. file. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6B, the sender may also display a mark 603D on the thumbnail selected by the user in the picture area 603. The mark 603D may indicate that the original picture or original video corresponding to the thumbnail has been selected by the user. select.
图6B示例性示出了用户分享“图库”中的图片和/或视频的实施例。如图6B所示,发送端101可以在图6B所示的用户界面61中检测到用于分享已选定文件的操作。响应于该操作,发送端101可以显示一个或多个应用程序图标。发送端101可以在一个或多个应用程序图标上检测到用户选择应用程序进行分享的操作,响应于该操作,发送端101可以在用户选择的应用程序中将用户已选定的文件发送给与用户选择的联系人相关联的设备。FIG. 6B exemplarily shows an embodiment in which a user shares pictures and/or videos in the "gallery". As shown in FIG. 6B, the sending end 101 can detect an operation for sharing the selected file in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6B. In response to this operation, the sending end 101 may display one or more application program icons. The sending end 101 can detect on one or more application icons that the user selects an application for sharing. In response to this operation, the sending end 101 can send the file selected by the user to the user in the application selected by the user. The device associated with the contact selected by the user.
用于分享已选定文件的操作可以为:用户选定文件后点击”hishare文件传输”选项604A的操作。在一些实施例中,当发送端101在用户界面61中检测到用户选择文件的操作时, 可以在用户界面61中显示图6B中的菜单604。在另一些实施例中,发送端101也可以初始就将菜单604显示在用户界面61中,即不需要检测到用户选择文件后才显示菜单604。菜单604可包括”hishare文件传输”选项604A、选项604B(“移动”)、选项604C(“全选”)、选项604D“更多”。“hishare文件传输”选项604A可用于监听通过“hishare”分享已选定的文件的操作。在发送端101的“hishare”还未开启的情况下,发送端101还可以响应于在”hishare文件传输”选项604A上检测到的用户操作,开启“hishare”。The operation for sharing the selected file may be: the user clicks the "hishare file transfer" option 604A after selecting the file. In some embodiments, when the sending terminal 101 detects the user's operation of selecting a file in the user interface 61, the menu 604 in FIG. 6B may be displayed in the user interface 61. In other embodiments, the sending end 101 may also initially display the menu 604 in the user interface 61, that is, the menu 604 does not need to be detected after the user selects a file. The menu 604 may include a "hishare file transfer" option 604A, an option 604B ("move"), an option 604C ("select all"), and an option 604D "more". The "hishare file transfer" option 604A can be used to monitor the operation of sharing the selected file through "hishare". In the case that the "hishare" of the sending end 101 has not been turned on, the sending end 101 may also enable the "hishare" in response to a user operation detected on the "hishare file transfer" option 604A.
不限于先选择文件然后点击”hishare文件传输”选项604A的操作,用于分享已选定文件的操作还可以实现为其他形式,例如还可以是在晃动发送端101后的固定时间(如1秒)内选择文件的操作、语音控制操作等等。It is not limited to the operation of first selecting the file and then clicking the "hishare file transfer" option 604A. The operation for sharing the selected file can also be implemented in other forms, for example, it can also be a fixed time (such as 1 second) after shaking the sending end 101 ) Select file operation, voice control operation, etc.
2.图6C-图6D示出了用户选择应用程序以及该应用程序中的联系人,并将文件分享给该联系人的实施例。2. Figures 6C-6D show an embodiment in which a user selects an application and a contact in the application, and shares a file with the contact.
如图6C所示,发送端101响应于用于分享已选定文件的操作(例如用户选择文件后在”hishare文件传输”选项604A上输入的操作),在用户界面61中显示窗口605。窗口605可以遮挡用户界面61中原本显示的部分内容。As shown in FIG. 6C, the sending end 101 responds to the operation for sharing the selected file (for example, the operation input on the “hishare file transfer” option 604A after the user selects the file), and displays a window 605 in the user interface 61. The window 605 can obscure part of the content originally displayed in the user interface 61.
窗口605中可包括:一个或多个应用程序选项,例如“嗨聊”的选项605C、邮箱的选项605D。应用程序选项的实现形式可以为文本、图标等等。窗口605中包括的应用程序选项对应的应用程序可以为以下任意一种:The window 605 may include: one or more application options, for example, an option 605C of "Hi Chat" and an option 605D of an email address. The implementation form of the application options can be text, icons, and so on. The application corresponding to the application options included in the window 605 can be any of the following:
(1)发送端101上安装的可用于分享文件的所有应用程序。例如,发送端101可以在窗口605中显示全部即时通讯类应用、邮箱应用的选项。(1) All applications installed on the sending end 101 that can be used to share files. For example, the sender 101 may display all instant messaging applications and email application options in the window 605.
(2)发送端101上安装的可用于分享文件的应用程序中,当前能够通过“hishare”分享文件的应用程序。用户登录发送端101上安装的应用程序后,若该应用程序中的联系人所关联的设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件,则该应用程序为能够通过“hishare”分享文件的应用程序。例如,用户登录发送端101上安装的嗨聊,嗨聊中的联系人Kate当前登录的设备102能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件,用户同时还登录了发送端101上安装的邮箱,邮箱中的联系人William当前登录的设备102’不能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件,则此时发送端101仅在窗口605中显示嗨聊应用的选项,而在窗口605中不显示邮箱应用的选项。发送端101能够和其他设备通过“hishare”传输文件的情况可参考上述场景一的扩展1中的相关描述。这样可以避免用户选择到不合适的应用程序而导致分享文件失败的问题。(2) Among the applications that can be used to share files installed on the sending end 101, the applications that can currently share files through "hishare". After the user logs in to the application installed on the sending terminal 101, if the device associated with the contact in the application can transfer files with the sending terminal 101 through "hishare", the application is an application that can share files through "hishare" program. For example, if a user logs in to the HiChat installed on the sending terminal 101, the device 102 on which the contact Kate in HiChat is currently logged in can transfer files with the sending terminal 101 through "hishare", and the user also logs in to the mailbox installed on the sending terminal 101 at the same time. The contact person in the mailbox that William is currently logged in to the device 102' cannot transfer files with the sender 101 via "hishare". At this time, the sender 101 only displays the options of the HiChat application in the window 605, and does not display in the window 605 Options for email application. For the situation that the sending end 101 can transfer files with other devices through "hishare", please refer to the related description in the extension 1 of the above scenario 1. This can avoid the problem that users choose inappropriate applications and cause file sharing failures.
在一些实施例中,窗口605中还可包括提示信息605B。提示信息605B用于提示用户选择用于分享已选定的文件的应用程序。例如,提示信息605B可以是文本信息“您想要通过哪个应用分享文件”。In some embodiments, the window 605 may also include prompt information 605B. The prompt message 605B is used to prompt the user to select an application program for sharing the selected file. For example, the prompt message 605B may be the text message "Which application do you want to share the file through".
在一些实施例中,窗口605中还可包括提示信息605A。提示信息605A用于提示用户通过“hishare”分享文件给其他设备的条件。例如,提示信息605A可以是文本信息“注意:通过hishare分享文件时,对方需要开启蓝牙、WLAN”。In some embodiments, the window 605 may also include prompt information 605A. The prompt message 605A is used to prompt the user to share the condition of the file to other devices through "hishare". For example, the prompt message 605A may be a text message "Note: When sharing files through hishare, the other party needs to turn on Bluetooth and WLAN".
窗口605中的应用程序选项可用于监听用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等),发送端101可响应于该用户操作显示用于提供给用户选择对应应用程序中的联系人来分享文件的用户界面。在本申请实施例中,可以将用户选择的应用程序选项所对应的应用程序称为 第一应用程序。The application options in the window 605 can be used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.), and the sender 101 can respond to the user operations to display for the user to select the contacts in the corresponding application to share the file. interface. In the embodiment of the present application, the application corresponding to the application option selected by the user may be referred to as the first application.
参考图6D,图6D为第一应用程序提供的用于用户选择联系人来分享已选定的文件的用户界面的一种实现方式。图6D所示的用户界面62可以是发送端101响应于在控件605C上检测到的用户操作而显示的。Referring to FIG. 6D, FIG. 6D is an implementation manner of a user interface provided by the first application program for the user to select a contact to share the selected file. The user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D may be displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 605C.
如图6D所示,用户界面62可包括:状态栏606、标题栏607、提示信息608、一个或多个联系人选项。其中:As shown in FIG. 6D, the user interface 62 may include: a status bar 606, a title bar 607, prompt information 608, and one or more contact options. among them:
状态栏606可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏。The status bar 606 can refer to the status bar in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A.
标题栏607可包括当前页面指示符,例如文本信息“嗨聊”。不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符607还可以是图标。The title bar 607 may include an indicator of the current page, for example, the text message "Hi Chat". Not limited to text information, the current page indicator 607 may also be an icon.
提示信息608可用于提示用户选择联系人来分享文件。The prompt message 608 can be used to prompt the user to select a contact to share the file.
一个或多个联系人选项例如联系人“MAC”选项609A、联系人“Kate”选项609B,可用于监听选择联系人触发分享文件的操作。发送端101可响应于在联系人选项上检测到的操作,将用户已选定的文件通过“hishare”发送给该联系人选项对应的联系人关联的设备。在一些实施例中,用户界面62中的一个或多个联系人选项对应的联系人所关联的电子设备,能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件。这样,可避免用户选择到不合适的联系人而导致分享文件失败的问题。One or more contact options, such as the contact "MAC" option 609A and the contact "Kate" option 609B, can be used to monitor the operation of selecting a contact to trigger file sharing. The sender 101 may respond to the operation detected on the contact option, and send the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option through "hishare". In some embodiments, the electronic device associated with the contact corresponding to one or more contact options in the user interface 62 can transfer files with the sender 101 through "hishare". In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem that the user selects inappropriate contacts and causes the file sharing failure.
在本申请实施例中,可将用户选择的联系人所关联的设备称为接收端102。In the embodiment of the present application, the device associated with the contact selected by the user may be referred to as the receiving end 102.
3.图6E-图6H示出了发送端101上的用于反馈文件传输状态的用户界面。3. Figures 6E-6H show the user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
在一些实施例中,发送端101响应于在联系人选项上检测到的操作,将用户已选定的文件通过“hishare”发送给该联系人选项对应的联系人关联的设备后,如图6E-图6H所示,发送端101可以在用于展示用户和该联系人的通信记录的用户界面中显示文件传输记录610。In some embodiments, in response to the operation detected on the contact option, the sender 101 sends the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option via "hishare", as shown in Figure 6E -As shown in FIG. 6H, the sending end 101 may display the file transfer record 610 in the user interface for displaying the communication record of the user and the contact.
图6E-图6H示出了用于展示用户和联系人“Kate”的通信记录的用户界面63。6E-6H show the user interface 63 for displaying the communication records of the user and the contact "Kate".
如图6E-图6H所示,文件传输记录610中包括提示信息611。文件传输505的具体实现可参考图3F-图3I所示的文件传输记录314。As shown in FIGS. 6E-6H, the file transfer record 610 includes prompt information 611. For the specific implementation of the file transmission 505, refer to the file transmission record 314 shown in FIGS. 3F-3I.
如图6E所示,提示信息611可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第一传输状态。第一传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息611可参考图3F所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 6E, the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the first transmission state. For the first transmission status, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3F.
如图6F所示,提示信息611可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第二传输状态。第二传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息611可参考图3G所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 6F, the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the second transmission state. For the second transmission state, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3G.
如图6G所示,提示信息611可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第三传输状态。第三传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息611可参考图3H所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 6G, the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the third transmission state. For the third transmission state, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3H.
如图6H所示,提示信息611可用于提示已选定的文件的传输状态为第四传输状态。第四传输状态可参考前文相关描述。提示信息611可参考图3I所示的提示信息315。As shown in FIG. 6H, the prompt message 611 can be used to prompt that the transmission state of the selected file is the fourth transmission state. For the fourth transmission state, refer to the previous description. The prompt information 611 may refer to the prompt information 315 shown in FIG. 3I.
不限于图6E-图6H所示的几种提示信息,在其他一些实施例中,发送端101还可以显示其他的一些提示信息,例如用于提示已选定的文件中部分被成功传输给接收端102的提示信息等等。It is not limited to the several prompt messages shown in Figures 6E-6H. In some other embodiments, the sending end 101 may also display other prompt messages, for example, to prompt that part of the selected file is successfully transmitted to the receiver. The prompt information of the terminal 102 and so on.
通过图6A-图6H示出的UI实施例,用户可以在选择待分享文件后,触发发送端101将该文件发送第一应用程序中的联系人。这样发送端101可以在第一应用程序中通过 “hishare”来分享文件,用户体验直观且简单,极大提高了在应用程序中分享文件的效率。Through the UI embodiments shown in FIGS. 6A to 6H, the user can trigger the sending terminal 101 to send the file to the contact in the first application after selecting the file to be shared. In this way, the sender 101 can share files through "hishare" in the first application, and the user experience is intuitive and simple, which greatly improves the efficiency of sharing files in the application.
不限于在“图库”中选择照片、视频等文件进行分享,用户还可以在其他文件管理类应用程序中选择文件进行分享,如在文件浏览器中、文档管理器中选择文档来进行分享等。Not limited to selecting photos, videos and other files in the "Gallery" to share, users can also select files to share in other file management applications, such as selecting documents in the file browser or document manager for sharing.
在上述第(二)种用户先选择文件,再选择联系人进行分享的场景下,不限于图6A-图6H所示的UI实施例,发送端101还可以在执行本申请实施例提供的方法时显示其他的一些UI实施例。下面将介绍几种关于上述图6A-图6H所示的UI实施例的相关扩展。In the above-mentioned (2) scenario where the user first selects a file and then selects a contact for sharing, it is not limited to the UI embodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6H. The sending end 101 may also execute the method provided in the embodiment of this application. Some other UI examples are displayed at the same time. The following will introduce several related extensions to the above-mentioned UI embodiments shown in FIGS. 6A to 6H.
1.扩展1:关于图6C-图6D所示UI实施例的相关扩展1. Extension 1: Regarding the relevant extension of the UI embodiment shown in Figure 6C-Figure 6D
如图6D所示,发送端101可以响应于在图6C所示用户界面61中第一应用程序选项上检测到的操作而显示多个联系人选项,该多个联系人选项对应的联系人所关联的设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件。也就是说,用户可以先选择第一应用程序,然后在第一应用程序提供的用户界面中选择联系人来分享文件。As shown in FIG. 6D, the sending end 101 may display a plurality of contact options in response to the operation detected on the first application option in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6C, and the contact information corresponding to the multiple contact options The associated device can transfer files with the sender 101 through "hishare". In other words, the user can first select the first application, and then select a contact in the user interface provided by the first application to share the file.
不限于图6D中所示的方式,在本申请实施例中,用户还可以通过以下(1)或(2)所描述的方式来选择联系人分享文件。It is not limited to the manner shown in FIG. 6D. In the embodiment of the present application, the user can also select a contact to share a file in the manner described in (1) or (2) below.
(1)在一些实施例中,发送端101可以响应于在图6C所示用户界面61中第一应用程序选项上检测到的操作,显示该第一应用程序提供的用于展示一个或多个最近联系人选项的用户界面。(1) In some embodiments, the sending end 101 may respond to the operation detected on the first application option in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6C, and display one or more items provided by the first application program. User interface for recent contacts options.
图7A-图7B示出了发送端101响应于在第一应用程序选项上检测到的操作,显示该第一应用程序提供的用于展示一个或多个最近联系人选项的用户界面的实施例。在本申请的一些实施例中,上述图6A-图6H所示文件传输过程中的图6C-图6D可以被替换为图7A-图7B。7A-7B show an embodiment in which the sender 101 displays a user interface provided by the first application program for displaying one or more recent contact options in response to an operation detected on the first application program option . In some embodiments of the present application, FIGS. 6C-6D in the file transfer process shown in FIGS. 6A-6H can be replaced with FIGS. 7A-7B.
图7A示出的用户界面61和图6C所示的用户界面61相同,可参考相关描述。The user interface 61 shown in FIG. 7A is the same as the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6C, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
图7B示出了该第一应用程序提供的用于展示一个或多个最近联系人选项的用户界面的一种实现形式。如图7B所示,用户界面71可包括:状态栏701、标题栏702、搜索框703、一个或多个最近联系人选项、菜单栏705。FIG. 7B shows an implementation form of a user interface provided by the first application program for displaying one or more recent contact options. As shown in FIG. 7B, the user interface 71 may include: a status bar 701, a title bar 702, a search box 703, one or more recent contact options, and a menu bar 705.
状态栏301可参考图2A中的状态栏。标题栏702可参考图3A中的标题栏302。搜索框703可参考图3A中的搜索框303。菜单栏705可参考图3A中的菜单栏305。The status bar 301 can refer to the status bar in FIG. 2A. The title bar 702 can refer to the title bar 302 in FIG. 3A. The search box 703 can refer to the search box 303 in FIG. 3A. The menu bar 705 can refer to the menu bar 305 in FIG. 3A.
最近联系人选项中可包括用户最近在第一应用程序中通信过的一个或多个联系人的选项,联系人选项可包括:公众号选项、用户选项以及群组选项等等。例如,最近联系人选项中包括联系人“MAC”的选项704A、联系人“Kate”的选项704B。The recent contact options may include options for one or more contacts that the user has communicated with in the first application program recently, and the contact options may include: official account options, user options, group options, and so on. For example, the recent contact options include an option 704A for the contact "MAC" and an option 704B for the contact "Kate".
在一些实施例中,发送端101可以将关联设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件的联系人所对应的联系人选项显示在靠上的区域(例如图7B所示)。在另一些实施例中,发送端101还可以在关联设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件的联系人所对应的联系人选项上显示标识,该标识用于提示用户当前可以通过“hishare”分享文件给对应的联系人。这样,可避免用户选择到不合适的联系人而导致分享文件失败的问题。In some embodiments, the sender 101 may display the contact options corresponding to the contacts whose associated device and the sender 101 can transfer files through "hishare" in the upper area (for example, as shown in FIG. 7B). In other embodiments, the sender 101 may also display an identifier on the contact option corresponding to the contact whose associated device can transfer files with the sender 101 through "hishare". The identifier is used to remind the user that the user can currently use "hishare" "Share the file with the corresponding contact. In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem that the user selects inappropriate contacts and causes the file sharing failure.
(2)在一些实施例中,发送端101可以直接显示一个或多个应用程序中的联系人选项,以供用户直接选择应用程序中的联系人来分享文件。(2) In some embodiments, the sender 101 may directly display contact options in one or more applications, so that the user can directly select contacts in the application to share files.
图7C示出了发送端101直接显示一个或多个应用程序中的联系人选项的一种实现方式。 在本申请的一些实施例中,上述图6A-图6H所示文件传输过程中的图6C-图6D可以被替换为图7C。FIG. 7C shows an implementation manner in which the sender 101 directly displays contact options in one or more applications. In some embodiments of the present application, FIGS. 6C to 6D in the file transfer process shown in FIGS. 6A to 6H can be replaced with FIG. 7C.
图7C和图6C的不同之处在于,小窗口中的内容不同。如图7C所示,用户界面72中显示有小窗口706,小窗口706包括:提示信息706A、一个或多个应用程序图标、应用程序图标对应的联系人选项。其中:The difference between FIG. 7C and FIG. 6C is that the content in the small window is different. As shown in FIG. 7C, a small window 706 is displayed in the user interface 72, and the small window 706 includes: prompt information 706A, one or more application icons, and contact options corresponding to the application icons. among them:
提示信息706A用于提示用户选择应用程序中的联系人分享文件。提示信息706A可以为文本信息“请选择联系人分享您的文件”。The prompt message 706A is used to prompt the user to select a contact in the application to share a file. The prompt message 706A may be a text message "Please select a contact to share your file".
一个或多个应用程序图标可以为以下任意一种:One or more application icons can be any of the following:
a.发送端101上安装的可用于分享文件的所有应用程序的图标。a. The icons of all applications installed on the sending terminal 101 that can be used to share files.
b.发送端101上安装的可用于分享文件的应用程序中,有联系人关联的设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件的应用程序的图标。在一些实施例中,发送端101可以先确定安装的应用程序中,是否有联系人关联的设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件,如有有则将该应用程序对应的选项显示在窗口706中。发送端101能够和其他设备通过“hishare”传输文件的情况可参考上述场景一的第1点扩展1中的相关描述。这样可以避免用户选择到不合适的联系人而导致分享文件失败的问题。b. Among the applications installed on the sending end 101 that can be used to share files, the device associated with the contact can transfer files with the sending end 101 through "hishare". In some embodiments, the sending end 101 may first determine whether there is a contact-associated device in the installed application that can transfer files with the sending end 101 through "hishare", and if so, the option corresponding to the application is displayed in Window 706. For the situation that the sending end 101 can transfer files with other devices through "hishare", please refer to the related description in point 1 extension 1 of the above scenario 1. This can avoid the problem that users choose inappropriate contacts and cause file sharing failures.
如图7C所示,该一个或多个应用程序图标例如可以包括“嗨聊”的图标706B、邮箱的图标706E。As shown in FIG. 7C, the one or more application program icons may include, for example, an icon 706B of "chat" and an icon 706E of mailbox.
一个应用程序图标可以对应有一个或多个联系人选项。该一个或多个联系人选项对应的联系人均为:用户在该应用程序图标对应的应用程序中的联系人。该一个或多个联系人选项对应的联系人可以为:关联设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件的联系人。这样,可避免用户选择到不合适的联系人而导致分享文件失败的问题。One application icon can correspond to one or more contact options. The contacts corresponding to the one or more contact options are all: the user's contacts in the application corresponding to the application icon. The contact corresponding to the one or more contact options may be: a contact whose associated device can transfer files with the sender 101 through “hishare”. In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem that the user selects inappropriate contacts and causes the file sharing failure.
如图7C所示,“嗨聊”的图标706B对应有联系人“MAC”的选项706C、联系人“Kate”的选项706D,邮箱的图标706E对应有联系人“马克”的选项706F。As shown in FIG. 7C, the icon 706B of "Hi Chat" corresponds to the option 706C of the contact "MAC", the option 706D of the contact "Kate", and the icon 706E of the mailbox corresponds to the option 706F of the contact "Mark".
联系人选项可用于监听用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等),发送端101可响应于在联系人选项上检测到的用户操作,在对应的应用程序中将用户已选定的文件通过“hishare”发送给该联系人选项对应的联系人。Contact options can be used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.). The sender 101 can respond to the user operations detected on the contact options and pass the file selected by the user in the corresponding application. hishare" is sent to the contact corresponding to the contact option.
在一些实施例中,发送端101还可以响应于在联系人选项上检测到的用户操作,显示用于展示用户和该联系人的通信记录的用户界面,并在该用户界面中显示文件传输记录。用于展示用户和该联系人的通信记录的用户界面可参考图6E-图6H中示出的用户界面63,文件传输记录可参考图6E-图6H中的文件传输记录314,这里不再赘述。In some embodiments, the sender 101 may also display a user interface for displaying communication records between the user and the contact in response to a user operation detected on the contact option, and display the file transfer record in the user interface . For the user interface used to display the communication records between the user and the contact, please refer to the user interface 63 shown in FIGS. 6E-6H, and the file transfer record may refer to the file transfer record 314 in FIGS. 6E-6H, which will not be repeated here. .
通过上述第(2)点中的扩展,发送端101可以直接显示一个或多个应用程序中的联系人选项,使得用户直接通过选择联系人选项来将文件分享给对应的联系人。这种方式对于用户来说直观且简单,可以提升用户体验。Through the expansion in point (2) above, the sender 101 can directly display the contact options in one or more applications, so that the user can directly share the file to the corresponding contact by selecting the contact option. This method is intuitive and simple for users, and can improve user experience.
2.扩展2:关于图6B-图6C所示UI实施例的相关扩展2. Extension 2: Regarding the relevant extension of the UI embodiment shown in Figure 6B-Figure 6C
如图6B-图6C所示,发送端101可以在用户选择文件后,在用户界面61中显示菜单604。菜单604中包括”hishare文件传输”选项604A。并且,”hishare文件传输”选项604A可以接收用户操作,发送端101可以响应于该用户操作显示窗口605,以供用户选择分享文件的应用程序。As shown in FIGS. 6B-6C, the sending end 101 may display a menu 604 in the user interface 61 after the user selects a file. The menu 604 includes a "hishare file transfer" option 604A. In addition, the "hishare file transfer" option 604A can receive a user operation, and the sender 101 can display a window 605 in response to the user operation, so that the user can select an application to share the file.
不限于通过图6B-图6C所示的”hishare文件传输”选项来分享文件,还可以通过其他服务选项来分享文件。在一些实施例中,发送端101可以在用户选择文件后,在用户界面中显示不包含”hishare文件传输”选项的菜单。当用户通过菜单中的功能服务选项来分享文件给联系人时,发送端可以通过“hishare”将该文件发送给该联系人关联的设备。It is not limited to sharing files through the "hishare file transfer" option shown in FIG. 6B-FIG. 6C, and files can also be shared through other service options. In some embodiments, the sender 101 may display a menu that does not include the "hishare file transfer" option in the user interface after the user selects a file. When the user shares a file with a contact through the function service option in the menu, the sender can send the file to the device associated with the contact through "hishare".
图7D-图7E示出了在扩展2下,发送端上实现的用户界面。在本申请的一些实施例中,上述图6A-图6H所示的文件分享过程中的图6B-图6C可以被替换为图7D-图7E。Figures 7D-7E show the user interface implemented on the sender under extension 2. In some embodiments of the present application, FIGS. 6B-6C in the file sharing process shown in FIGS. 6A-6H can be replaced with FIGS. 7D-7E.
图7D示例性示出了发送端101在用户选择文件后,在用户界面71中显示的菜单707。图7D和图6B的不同之处在于,图7D所示用户界面的菜单707中并不包括”hishare文件传输”选项,而是包括用于分享图片和/或视频的选项707A。FIG. 7D exemplarily shows the menu 707 displayed on the user interface 71 after the user selects a file by the sending terminal 101. The difference between FIG. 7D and FIG. 6B is that the menu 707 of the user interface shown in FIG. 7D does not include the "hishare file transfer" option, but includes an option 707A for sharing pictures and/or videos.
选项707A用于监听用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作、长按操作等等),发送端101可以响应于在选项707A上检测到的用户操作,显示图7E所示用户界面中的窗口708。在发送端101的“hishare”还未开启的情况下,发送端101还可以响应于在选项707A上检测到的用户操作,开启“hishare”。 Option 707A is used to monitor user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, long-press operations, etc.), and the sending end 101 may display a window 708 in the user interface shown in FIG. 7E in response to the user operation detected on option 707A. In the case that the "hishare" of the sending end 101 has not been turned on, the sending end 101 may also enable the "hishare" in response to the user operation detected on the option 707A.
如图7E所示,窗口708中可包括:提示信息708A、一个或多个服务选项例如图标708B、图标708C、图标708D、图标708E。提示信息708A用于提示用户选择分享文件的途径。服务选项对应的应用程序或协议可支持分享用户选择的文件至其他设备。在一些实施例中,响应于在服务选项上检测到的操作(如触摸操作、点击操作)时,发送端101可触发通过该服务选项对应的应用程序或协议分享已选定的文件至其他设备的过程。例如,响应于在图标708B上检测到的操作,发送端101可启动应用程序“嗨聊”,显示如图6D或图7B所示的用户界面,在该用户界面中检测到作用于联系人选项的操作,响应于该操作将已选定的文件发送给该联系人选项对应的联系人关联的设备。以下实施例将该联系人关联的设备称为接收端102。As shown in FIG. 7E, the window 708 may include: prompt information 708A, one or more service options such as icon 708B, icon 708C, icon 708D, icon 708E. The prompt message 708A is used to prompt the user to select a way to share the file. The application or protocol corresponding to the service option can support sharing the file selected by the user to other devices. In some embodiments, in response to an operation (such as a touch operation, a click operation) detected on a service option, the sender 101 may trigger to share the selected file to other devices through the application or protocol corresponding to the service option the process of. For example, in response to an operation detected on the icon 708B, the sender 101 may start the application "Hi Chat", and display the user interface shown in FIG. 6D or FIG. 7B, in which the user interface is detected to act on the contact option In response to the operation, the selected file is sent to the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option. The device associated with the contact is referred to as the receiving end 102 in the following embodiment.
这里,发送端101通过应用程序将已选定的文件发送给接收端102时,可以根据以下任意一种策略来发送:Here, when the sending end 101 sends the selected file to the receiving end 102 through the application, it can be sent according to any one of the following strategies:
(1)发送端101在确定能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件后,直接通将用户选中的图片和/或视频发送给接收端102。若发送端101确定不能够和接收端102通过“hishare”传输文件,则通过3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝技术或Wi-Fi技术将用户选中的图片和/或视频发送给接收端102。(1) After the sending end 101 determines that it can transfer files with the receiving end 102 through "hishare", it directly sends the picture and/or video selected by the user to the receiving end 102. If the sending end 101 determines that the file cannot be transferred with the receiving end 102 through “hishare”, it will send the pictures and/or videos selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular technologies or Wi-Fi technology.
(2)发送端101确定用户已选定的文件的总大小,若总大小超过第一阈值,则通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。若总大小不超过第一阈值,则发送端101通过3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝技术或Wi-Fi技术将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。(2) The sending end 101 determines the total size of the file selected by the user, and if the total size exceeds the first threshold, it sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare". If the total size does not exceed the first threshold, the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through 3G, LTE, 5G, or other cellular technology or Wi-Fi technology.
(3)发送端101询问用户是否通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102,在检测到用户指示通过“hishare”发送已选定的文件的用户操作时,通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102。发送端101可输出显示在显示屏上的可视化界面元素、语音等来询问用户是否通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端102。这种策略可以使得发送端101根据用户需求来通过“hishare”发送图片和/或视频。(3) The sending end 101 asks the user whether to send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare", and when it detects the user's operation instructing to send the selected file through "hishare", it passes "hishare" The file selected by the user is sent to the receiving terminal 102. The sending end 101 may output visual interface elements, voices, etc. displayed on the display screen to ask the user whether to send the selected file to the receiving end 102 through “hishare”. This strategy can enable the sending end 101 to send pictures and/or videos through "hishare" according to user requirements.
发送端101通过“hishare”将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端102的过程的具体实现可参考后续实施例的详细描述,在此暂不赘述。For the specific implementation of the process in which the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102 through "hishare", reference may be made to the detailed description of the subsequent embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
(三)场景三:用户选择群组分享文件的场景(3) Scenario 3: The user chooses a group to share files
群组是指应用程序中的一个或者多个联系人组成的小组。用户可以在群组中和该群组中的一个或多个联系人通信。A group refers to a group of one or more contacts in an application. Users can communicate with one or more contacts in the group in a group.
图8A-图8I示例性示出了发送端101在场景三中所显示的用户界面。8A-8I exemplarily show the user interface displayed by the sending end 101 in the third scenario.
1.图8A-图8B示出了用户在应用程序中选择群组的实施例。1. Figures 8A-8B show an embodiment in which a user selects a group in an application.
图8A所示的用户界面81和图3A所示的用户界面31相同,可参考相关描述。The user interface 81 shown in FIG. 8A is the same as the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
图8B所示的用户界面82和图3B所示的用户界面32类似,不同之处在于用户界面82用于展示发送端101的关联用户和群组“工作群”中的联系人的通信记录802。如图8B所示,用户界面82中包括:当前页面指示符801、通信记录802(图8B所示的通信记录为空)、控件803以及其他的一些控件。其中:The user interface 82 shown in FIG. 8B is similar to the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B, except that the user interface 82 is used to display the communication records 802 of the associated users of the sending end 101 and the contacts in the group "workgroup". . As shown in FIG. 8B, the user interface 82 includes: a current page indicator 801, a communication record 802 (the communication record shown in FIG. 8B is empty), a control 803, and some other controls. among them:
当前页面指示符801用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“工作群”用于指示当前页面为发送端101的关联用户和群组“工作群”通信的一个页面。The current page indicator 801 is used to indicate the current page, for example, the text information "workgroup" is used to indicate that the current page is a page for communication between the associated user of the sending end 101 and the group "workgroup".
控件803可用于监听用户操作,发送端101可响应于作用于控件803的用户操作而显示更多的功能服务选项,例如用于拍摄图片的选项、用于发送发送端101当前所在位置的选项等等。The control 803 can be used to monitor user operations, and the sender 101 can display more functional service options in response to user operations on the control 803, such as options for taking pictures, options for sending the current location of the sender 101, etc. Wait.
2.图8C-图8E示出了用户在应用程序中选择群组后,选择文件分享给该群组中的联系人的实施例。2. Figures 8C-8E show an embodiment in which the user selects a group in the application and then selects a file to share with the contacts in the group.
图8C示例性示出了发送端101响应于在图8B所示用户界面82中控件803上检测到的用户操作而显示的多个功能服务选项。如图8C所示,该多个功能服务选项中包括”hishare文件传输”选项804。”hishare文件传输”选项hishare文件传输”选项804可参考图3C中的”hishare文件传输”选项hishare文件传输”选项310。FIG. 8C exemplarily shows a plurality of function service options displayed by the sending end 101 in response to a user operation detected on the control 803 in the user interface 82 shown in FIG. 8B. As shown in FIG. 8C, the multiple function service options include a "hishare file transfer" option 804. The “hishare file transfer” option “hishare file transfer” option 804 can refer to the “hishare file transfer” option “hishare file transfer” option 310 in FIG. 3C.
图8D示例性示出了发送端101上用于展示发送端101存储的一个或多个文件的用户界面83。用户界面83可参考图3D所示的用户界面33。FIG. 8D exemplarily shows a user interface 83 on the sending end 101 for displaying one or more files stored by the sending end 101. The user interface 83 may refer to the user interface 33 shown in FIG. 3D.
图8E示例性示出了用户将已选定的文件分享给第一应用程序中的群组“工作群”中的联系人的实施例。图8E所示的用户界面可参考图3E以及相关描述。Fig. 8E exemplarily shows an embodiment in which the user shares the selected file with the contacts in the group "workgroup" in the first application. For the user interface shown in FIG. 8E, refer to FIG. 3E and related descriptions.
如图8E所示,发送端101可以在用户界面83上检测到用于将已选定的文件分享至群组“工作群”中的联系人的用户操作,该用户操作可以是作用于控件805上的操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作),发送端101可以响应于该用户操作,将用户已选定的文件分享给第一应用程序中的群组“工作群”中的联系人关联的设备。发送端101将用户已选定的文件分享给第一应用程序中的群组“工作群”中的联系人关联的设备时,可以有以下几种方式:As shown in FIG. 8E, the sending end 101 can detect on the user interface 83 a user operation for sharing the selected file to the contacts in the group "workgroup", and the user operation can be applied to the control 805. The sender 101 can respond to the user operation and share the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup" in the first application. . When the sender 101 shares the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup" in the first application, there are several ways:
(1)发送端101将用户已选定的文件发送给群组“工作群”中所有联系人关联的设备。例如,假定群组“工作群”中包含联系人“Kate”和联系人“Mac”,则发送端101可以将用户已选定的文件发送给联系人“Kate”关联的设备和联系人“Mac”关联的设备。(1) The sending terminal 101 sends the file selected by the user to all the devices associated with the contacts in the group "workgroup". For example, assuming that the group "workgroup" contains the contact "Kate" and the contact "Mac", the sender 101 can send the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" and the contact "Mac" "Associated device.
(2)发送端101先将用户已选定的文件发送给群组“工作群”中部分联系人关联的设备,然后由发送端101和已接收到文件的设备共同将文件发送给群组“工作群”中还未接收到文件的联系人关联的设备。可选的,发送端101先将用户已选定的文件发送给群组“工作群”中部分联系人关联的设备,然后已接收到文件的设备(即部分联系人关联的设备)将文件 再转发给群组“工作群”中还未接收到文件的联系人关联的设备。在一些实施例中,该部分联系人关联的设备是能够和发送端101之间通过“hishare”传输文件的设备。(2) The sender 101 first sends the file selected by the user to the devices associated with some contacts in the group "workgroup", and then the sender 101 and the device that has received the file jointly send the file to the group" The device associated with the contact in the “workgroup” that has not received the file. Optionally, the sender 101 first sends the file selected by the user to the device associated with some contacts in the group "workgroup", and then the device that has received the file (ie, the device associated with some contacts) sends the file again Forward to the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup" who has not received the file. In some embodiments, the device associated with the part of the contact is a device that can transfer files with the sender 101 through “hishare”.
例如,假定群组“工作群”中包含联系人“Kate”和联系人“Mac”,则发送端101可以首先将用户已选定的文件通过“hishare”发送给联系人“Kate”关联的设备,之后再由联系人“Kate”关联的设备通过“hishare”将接收到的该文件发送给联系人“Mac”关联的设备。在一个具体的例子中,发送端101能够和联系人“Kate”关联的设备通过“hishare”传输文件,但不能和联系人“Mac”关联的设备通过“hishare”传输文件,联系人“Kate”关联的设备和联系人“Mac”关联的设备能够通过“hishare”传输文件。For example, assuming that the group "workgroup" contains the contact "Kate" and the contact "Mac", the sender 101 can first send the file selected by the user to the device associated with the contact "Kate" via "hishare" , And then the device associated with the contact "Kate" sends the received file to the device associated with the contact "Mac" via "hishare". In a specific example, the sender 101 can transfer files via "hishare" to the device associated with the contact "Kate", but cannot transfer files via "hishare" to the device associated with the contact "Mac", and the contact "Kate" The associated device and the device associated with the contact "Mac" can transfer files through "hishare".
第(2)种方式可以提高文件分享的效率,提升用户体验。The method (2) can improve the efficiency of file sharing and enhance the user experience.
3.图8F-图8I示出了发送端101上的用于反馈文件传输状态的用户界面。3. Figures 8F-8I show a user interface on the sending end 101 for feedback of the file transmission status.
发送端101在响应于将已选定的文件分享至群组“工作群”中的联系人的用户操作,将用户已选定的文件分享给第一应用程序中的群组“工作群”联系人关联的设备后,如图8F-图8I所示,发送端101可以在用户界面82所示的通信记录802中显示文件传输记录806。In response to the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact in the group "workgroup", the sender 101 shares the file selected by the user to the group "workgroup" in the first application. After the person is associated with the device, as shown in FIGS. 8F-8I, the sending end 101 can display the file transfer record 806 in the communication record 802 shown in the user interface 82.
如图8F-图8I所示,文件传输记录806可包括:发送端101的关联用户的头像、用户已选定的一个或多个文件的缩略图或名称、提示信息807。As shown in FIGS. 8F-8I, the file transfer record 806 may include: the avatar of the associated user of the sending end 101, the thumbnail or name of one or more files selected by the user, and prompt information 807.
提示信息807用于指示用户已选定的文件被传输给群组“工作群”中各个联系人的传输状态。用户已选定的文件被传输给每个设备的传输状态均可以为以下任意一种:第一传输状态、第二传输状态、第三传输状态和第四传输状态。每一种传输状态的含义,以及,每一种传输状态对应的提示信息807的实现形式,均可参考图3F-图3I实施例中关于文件传输状态的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The prompt message 807 is used to indicate the transmission status of the file selected by the user to each contact in the group "workgroup". The transmission state of the file that the user has selected to be transmitted to each device can be any one of the following: the first transmission state, the second transmission state, the third transmission state, and the fourth transmission state. For the meaning of each transmission state, and the implementation form of the prompt information 807 corresponding to each transmission state, please refer to the related description of the file transmission state in the embodiment of FIG. 3F-3I, which will not be repeated here.
和场景一中的扩展类似,上述图8A-图8I所示的UI实施例也有对应的相关扩展。例如在图8C所示用户界面中,发送端101可以在确定能够和群组“工作群”中的联系人关联的设备通过“hishare”传输文件后,再显示”hishare文件传输”选项hishare文件传输”选项804。又例如在图8C所示用户界面中,发送端101可以在确定能够和群组“工作群”中的联系人关联的设备通过“hishare”传输文件后,再显示可接收用户操作的”hishare文件传输”选项hishare文件传输”选项804。这些相关扩展的实现可参考场景一中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。Similar to the extension in scenario 1, the UI embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A to 8I also has corresponding related extensions. For example, in the user interface shown in FIG. 8C, the sender 101 may display the "hishare file transfer" option after determining that the device associated with the contact in the group "workgroup" transmits files through "hishare". "Option 804. For another example, in the user interface shown in Figure 8C, the sender 101 may determine that the device that can be associated with the contact in the group "workgroup" transmits files through "hishare", and then displays that it can receive user operations The "hishare file transfer" option "hishare file transfer" option 804. For the implementation of these related extensions, please refer to the related description in scenario 1, which will not be repeated here.
下面描述接收端102上实现的用户界面。The user interface implemented on the receiving end 102 is described below.
接收端102为接收文件的一端。在本申请实施例中,接收端102可以是发送端101的关联用户在第一应用程序中选中的联系人所关联的设备,例如图3A-图3I实施例中联系人“Kate”关联的设备。在另一些实施例中,接收端102可以包括发送端101的关联用户在第一应用程序中选择的群组中的联系人关联的设备,例如图8A-图8I实施例中群组“工作群”中各个联系人关联的设备。The receiving end 102 is the end that receives the file. In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving end 102 may be a device associated with the contact selected by the associated user of the sending end 101 in the first application, for example, the device associated with the contact "Kate" in the embodiment of FIG. 3A-3I . In other embodiments, the receiving end 102 may include a device associated with a contact in the group selected by the associated user of the sending end 101 in the first application, for example, the group "workgroup" in the embodiment of FIG. 8A-8I. Device associated with each contact in ".
图9A-图9D示例性示出了接收端102上显示的用户界面。9A-9D exemplarily show the user interface displayed on the receiving end 102.
图9A示出了发送端101将用户选中的文件发送至接收端102后,接收端102在用户界面91中显示的通知窗口901。用户界面91可以为主界面。通知窗口901可用于通知用户发送端101想要通过“hishare”传输文件至接收端102,并询问用户是否接收文件。如图 9A所示,通知窗口901可包括:应用程序标识901A、提示信息901B、控件901C和控件901D。其中:FIG. 9A shows the notification window 901 displayed by the receiving end 102 in the user interface 91 after the sending end 101 sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 102. The user interface 91 may be the main interface. The notification window 901 can be used to notify the user that the sending terminal 101 wants to transfer a file to the receiving terminal 102 through "hishare", and to ask the user whether to receive the file. As shown in FIG. 9A, the notification window 901 may include: an application program identification 901A, a prompt message 901B, a control 901C, and a control 901D. among them:
应用程序标识901A用于指示接收端101的关联用户分享文件时所使用的应用程序。应用程序标识901A的实现形式可包括图标、文本(例如文本信息“嗨聊”)等。The application identifier 901A is used to indicate the application used when the associated user of the receiving end 101 shares a file. The implementation form of the application program identifier 901A may include an icon, text (for example, the text message "Hi Chat") and so on.
提示信息901B用于指示发起文件分享的用户(例如用户“Lisa”)以及文件信息(例如文件的数量、大小、类型等)。提示信息901B的实现形式可以是文本。The prompt information 901B is used to indicate the user who initiated the file sharing (for example, the user "Lisa") and file information (for example, the number, size, type, etc. of the file). The prompt information 901B can be implemented in text.
控件901C可用于监听用户操作。响应于在控件901C上检测到的用户操作,接收端102拒绝接收发送端101发送的文件。The control 901C can be used to monitor user operations. In response to the user operation detected on the control 901C, the receiving end 102 refuses to receive the file sent by the sending end 101.
控件901D可用于监听用户操作。响应于在控件901D上检测到的用户操作,接收端102开始接收发送端101发送的文件,并跳转至显示用于展示接收端102的关联用户(例如联系人“Kate”)和发送端101的关联用户(例如用户“Lisa”)之间的通信记录的用户界面92。The control 901D can be used to monitor user operations. In response to the user operation detected on the control 901D, the receiving end 102 starts to receive the file sent by the sending end 101, and jumps to display the associated user (such as the contact "Kate") and the sending end 101 used to display the receiving end 102 The user interface 92 of the communication records between associated users (for example, the user "Lisa").
图9B-图9D示出了用于展示用户之间的通信记录的用户界面92。该用户界面可以是第一应用程序提供的,第一应用程序为发送端101的关联用户发起文件分享的应用程序,该第一应用程序也是接收端102用于接收文件的应用程序。9B-9D show a user interface 92 for displaying communication records between users. The user interface may be provided by a first application. The first application is an application for an associated user of the sending end 101 to initiate file sharing, and the first application is also an application for the receiving end 102 to receive files.
如图9B-图9D所示,用户界面92可包括:页面指示符902、通信记录903。其中:As shown in FIGS. 9B-9D, the user interface 92 may include: a page indicator 902 and a communication record 903. among them:
页面指示符902用于指示当前页面用于展示接收端102的关联用户(例如联系人“Kate”)和发送端101的关联用户(例如用户“Lisa”)之间的通信记录。The page indicator 902 is used to indicate that the current page is used to display the communication records between the associated user of the receiving end 102 (for example, the contact "Kate") and the associated user of the sending end 101 (for example, the user "Lisa").
通信记录903中可包括文件传输记录904。文件传输记录904中可包括:发送端101的关联用户的头像、用户在发送端101上已选定的一个或多个文件的缩略图或名称、提示信息905。提示信息905用于提示用户已接收的文件的传输状态。The communication record 903 may include a file transfer record 904. The file transfer record 904 may include: the avatar of the associated user of the sending end 101, the thumbnails or names of one or more files selected by the user on the sending end 101, and prompt information 905. The prompt message 905 is used to prompt the user of the transmission status of the received file.
如图9B所示,提示信息905可用于提示用户文件的传输状态为第二传输状态。As shown in FIG. 9B, the prompt information 905 can be used to prompt the user that the file transmission state is the second transmission state.
如图9C所示,提示信息905可用于提示用户文件的传输状态为第三传输状态。As shown in FIG. 9C, the prompt information 905 can be used to prompt the user that the file transmission state is the third transmission state.
如图9D所示,提示信息905可用于提示用户文件的传输状态为第四传输状态。As shown in FIG. 9D, the prompt information 905 can be used to prompt the user that the file transmission state is the fourth transmission state.
第二传输状态、第三传输状态以及第四传输状态的具体含义,以及,每一种传输状态对应的提示信息905的实现形式,均可参考图3F-图3I实施例中关于文件传输状态的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific meaning of the second transmission state, the third transmission state, and the fourth transmission state, as well as the realization form of the prompt information 905 corresponding to each transmission state, please refer to the file transmission state in the embodiment of FIG. 3F-FIG. 3I Relevant descriptions will not be repeated here.
通过图9A-图9D示例性示出的UI实施例,接收端102可以在有用户分享文件时,提示接收端102的关联用户(即用户在上述实施例中选中的联系人),以供该关联用户选择是否接收该文件。Through the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 9A-9D, the receiving end 102 can prompt the associated user of the receiving end 102 (ie, the contact selected by the user in the above-mentioned embodiment) when a user shares a file for the The associated user chooses whether to receive the file.
在本申请其他一些实施例中,图9A示例性示出的通知窗口901还可以不是显示在主界面而是显示在其他用户界面之上的,例如通知窗口901还可以显示在发送端101显示的设置界面、视频界面上等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。In some other embodiments of the present application, the notification window 901 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9A may not be displayed on the main interface but displayed on other user interfaces. For example, the notification window 901 may also be displayed on the sending end 101. The setting interface, the video interface, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
需要注意的是,图9A所示的通知窗口901并不是必须的,在一些实施例中,接收端102还可以不显示通知窗口901,当有发送端101向接收端102通过“hishare”发送文件时,接收端102直接接收来自该发送端101的文件。可理解的,接收端102是否显示通知窗口901,可以由接收端102的关联用户自主设置,例如可以由接收端102的关联用户在接收端102提供的设置界面中进行设置等。It should be noted that the notification window 901 shown in FIG. 9A is not necessary. In some embodiments, the receiving end 102 may not display the notification window 901. When the sending end 101 sends a file to the receiving end 102 via "hishare" At this time, the receiving end 102 directly receives the file from the sending end 101. It is understandable that whether the receiving end 102 displays the notification window 901 can be independently set by the associated user of the receiving end 102, for example, the associated user of the receiving end 102 can set it in the setting interface provided by the receiving end 102.
在本申请实施例中,接收端102所显示的通知窗口901中的控件901D,可以被称为第 四操作选项。接收端102在控件901D上接收到的操作可以被称为第九操作。In the embodiment of the present application, the control 901D in the notification window 901 displayed by the receiving terminal 102 may be referred to as the fourth operation option. The operation received by the receiving end 102 on the control 901D may be referred to as a ninth operation.
在本申请实施例中,接收端102所显示用于展示用户之间的通信记录的用户界面(例如图9B-图9D所示的用户界面92)可以被称为第七用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, the user interface displayed on the receiving end 102 for displaying communication records between users (for example, the user interface 92 shown in FIGS. 9B-9D) may be referred to as the seventh user interface.
以下实施例介绍本申请实施例提供的系统架构以及应用中传输文件的方法。The following embodiments introduce the system architecture provided by the embodiments of the present application and the method for transferring files in the application.
首先,介绍一种用于应用中传输文件的通信系统1000。First, a communication system 1000 for transferring files in applications is introduced.
如图10A所示,通信系统1000可包括:多个电子设备例如电子设备1001、电子设备1002、电子设备1003、电子设备1005、…、电子设备100n等,服务器1004。示例性地,用户Lisa关联的设备可以为电子设备1001,用户Kate关联的设备可以为电子设备1002,用户Mac关联的设备可以为电子设备1003。As shown in FIG. 10A, the communication system 1000 may include a plurality of electronic devices such as electronic device 1001, electronic device 1002, electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005,..., Electronic device 100n, etc., and server 1004. Exemplarily, the device associated with the user Lisa may be the electronic device 1001, the device associated with the user Kate may be the electronic device 1002, and the device associated with the user Mac may be the electronic device 1003.
多个电子设备中包括发送端和接收端。发送端为发起文件分享的一端,接收端为接收文件的一端。Multiple electronic devices include a sending end and a receiving end. The sending end is the end that initiates file sharing, and the receiving end is the end that receives the file.
在本申请以下实施例中,以用户Lisa关联的电子设备1001为发送端,用户Kate关联的电子设备1002为接收端为例进行说明。在以下实施例中,电子设备1001也可以被称为发送端1001,电子设备1002也可以被称为接收端1002。In the following embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 1001 associated with user Lisa is the sending end, and the electronic device 1002 associated with user Kate is the receiving end as an example for description. In the following embodiments, the electronic device 1001 may also be referred to as the transmitting end 1001, and the electronic device 1002 may also be referred to as the receiving end 1002.
发送端1001可以为前述实施例中提及的发送端101。发送端1001可以实施为图1A及图1B示例性示出的电子设备100。具体的,发送端1001具有蓝牙(BT)模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块中的一项或多项。发送端1001可以通过蓝牙(BT)模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块的一项或多项发射信号来探测或扫描发送端1001附近的设备,使得发送端1001可以使用蓝牙、NFC或WLAN中的一种或多种无线通信技术发现附近的设备(如附近的手机、平板电脑等),并与附近的设备中的接收端1002建立无线通信连接,通过蓝牙或WLAN中的一种或多种无线通信技术分享文件至接收端1002。其中,蓝牙(BT)模块可以提供包括经典蓝牙(蓝牙2.1)或蓝牙低功耗(BLE)中一项或多项蓝牙通信的解决方案。WLAN模块可以提供包括Wi-Fi direct、Wi-Fi LAN或Wi-Fi softAP中一项或多项WLAN通信的解决方案。The sending end 1001 may be the sending end 101 mentioned in the foregoing embodiment. The sending end 1001 may be implemented as the electronic device 100 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B. Specifically, the sending end 1001 has one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module, an NFC module, and a WLAN module. The sender 1001 can detect or scan devices near the sender 1001 through one or more of the Bluetooth (BT) module, NFC module, and WLAN module, so that the sender 1001 can use one of Bluetooth, NFC or WLAN Or multiple wireless communication technologies to discover nearby devices (such as nearby mobile phones, tablets, etc.), and establish a wireless communication connection with the receiving end 1002 in the nearby devices, through one or more wireless communication technologies in Bluetooth or WLAN Share the file to the receiving end 1002. Among them, the Bluetooth (BT) module can provide solutions including one or more of Bluetooth communication in classic Bluetooth (Bluetooth 2.1) or Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE). The WLAN module can provide one or more WLAN communication solutions including Wi-Fi direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or Wi-Fi softAP.
接收端1002可以为前述实施例中提及的接收端102。接收端1002可以实施为图1A及图1B示例性示出的电子设备100。具体的,接收端1002具有蓝牙(BT)模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块中的一项或多项。接收端1002可以通过蓝牙(BT)模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块的一项或多项接收或发射无线信号。其中,蓝牙(BT)模块可以提供包括经典蓝牙(蓝牙2.1)或蓝牙低功耗(BLE)中一项或多项蓝牙通信的解决方案。WLAN模块可以提供包括Wi-Fi direct、Wi-Fi LAN或Wi-Fi softAP中一项或多项WLAN通信的解决方案。The receiving end 1002 may be the receiving end 102 mentioned in the foregoing embodiment. The receiving end 1002 may be implemented as the electronic device 100 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B. Specifically, the receiving end 1002 has one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module, an NFC module, and a WLAN module. The receiving end 1002 may receive or transmit wireless signals through one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module, an NFC module, and a WLAN module. Among them, the Bluetooth (BT) module can provide solutions including one or more of Bluetooth communication in classic Bluetooth (Bluetooth 2.1) or Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE). The WLAN module can provide one or more WLAN communication solutions including Wi-Fi direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or Wi-Fi softAP.
发送端1001和接收端1002中均安装有相同的一个或多个应用,例如可安装有第一应用程序。该应用例如可以是即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用等等。The sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are both installed with the same one or more applications, for example, a first application program may be installed. The application may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and so on.
服务器1004为用于为发送端1001和接收端1002中安装的某个应用提供服务的服务器,例如,服务器1004可以是为第一应用程序提供服务的服务器。服务器1004为发送端1001和接收端1002通过应用通信提供各项服务,例如通信记录备份服务、计算服务、连接服务等等。The server 1004 is a server used to provide services for a certain application installed in the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002. For example, the server 1004 may be a server providing services for the first application. The server 1004 provides various services for the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 through application communication, such as communication record backup service, computing service, connection service, and so on.
服务器1004中可关联存储注册了第一应用程序的用户的标识,以及,该用户的关联设 备的设备标识。用户注册第一应用程序后,可以使用自己的用户标识和密码在设备上登录到该第一应用程序。用户的关联设备是指当前该用户登录该应用时所使用的设备。The server 1004 may associate and store the identification of the user who has registered the first application program and the device identification of the associated device of the user. After the user registers the first application, he can use his user ID and password to log in to the first application on the device. The user's associated device refers to the device currently used when the user logs in to the application.
用户标识可包括但不限于:账号、头像、昵称、名字、人脸图像、华为标识(identity,ID)等。User identification may include, but is not limited to: account number, avatar, nickname, name, face image, Huawei logo (identity, ID), etc.
设备标识可包括媒体访问控制(media access control,MAC)地址、互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址等可以指示唯一设备的标识。The device identifier may include a media access control (MAC) address, an internet protocol (Internet protocol, IP) address, etc., which may indicate a unique device identifier.
参考表1,表1示例性示出了服务器1004中关联存储的几个用户标识和设备标识。Referring to Table 1, Table 1 exemplarily shows several user IDs and device IDs that are associated and stored in the server 1004.
用户标识User ID 设备标识Equipment Identity
账号“Lisa”Account "Lisa" 电子设备1001的设备标识Device identification of electronic device 1001
账号“Kate”Account "Kate" 电子设备1002的设备标识Device identification of electronic device 1002
账号“Mac”Account "Mac" 电子设备1003的设备标识Device identification of electronic device 1003
表1Table 1
发送端1001的关联用户A.Lisa可以使用注册应用时的用户标识和密码,在发送端1001上登录到该应用。显然地,发送端1001的关联用户A.Lisa登录该应用后,发送端1001可以获知其关联用户A.Lisa在该应用中的用户标识为“Lisa”。此外,发送端1001还可以从之前预存的信息中或者从服务器1004处获取其关联用户在该应用中的联系人的用户标识,例如发送端的关联用户A.Lisa在该应用中的一个联系人为J.Kate,联系人J.Kate的用户标识为”Kate”。The associated user A. Lisa of the sending end 1001 can use the user ID and password when registering the application to log in to the application on the sending end 1001. Obviously, after the associated user A. Lisa of the sending end 1001 logs in to the application, the sending end 1001 can learn that the user identification of the associated user A. Lisa in the application is "Lisa". In addition, the sender 1001 can also obtain the user ID of the contact of the associated user in the application from the previously stored information or from the server 1004. For example, one of the contacts of the associated user A. Lisa of the sender in the application is J .Kate, the user ID of the contact J.Kate is "Kate".
接收端1002的关联用户J.Kate也可以使用注册应用时的用户标识和密码,在接收端1002上登录到该应用。显然地,接收端1002的关联用户J.Kate登录该应用后,接收端1002可以获知其关联用户J.Kate在该应用中的用户标识为“Kate”。此外,接收端1002还可以从之前预存的信息中或者从服务器1004处获取其关联用户在该应用中的联系人的用户标识,例如接收端的关联用户J.Kate在该应用中的一个联系人为A.Lisa,联系人A.Lisa的用户标识为”Lisa”。The associated user J. Kate of the receiving end 1002 can also use the user ID and password when registering the application to log in to the application on the receiving end 1002. Obviously, after the associated user J.Kate of the receiving end 1002 logs in to the application, the receiving end 1002 can learn that the user identifier of the associated user J.Kate in the application is "Kate". In addition, the receiving end 1002 can also obtain the user ID of the contact of the associated user in the application from the previously stored information or from the server 1004. For example, one of the contacts of the associated user J.Kate of the receiving end in the application is A. .Lisa, the user ID of contact A.Lisa is "Lisa".
发送端1001和服务器1004之间可以通过3G、LTE、5G等蜂窝移动通信技术、LAN或WAN通信技术连接,可便于服务器1004转发发送端1001向接收端1002发送的数据。The sending end 1001 and the server 1004 can be connected by 3G, LTE, 5G and other cellular mobile communication technologies, LAN or WAN communication technologies, which can facilitate the server 1004 to forward the data sent by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002.
接收端1002和服务器1004之间可以通过LAN或WAN通信技术连接,可便于服务器1004转发接收端1002向发送端1001发送的数据。The receiving end 1002 and the server 1004 can be connected by LAN or WAN communication technology, which can facilitate the server 1004 to forward the data sent by the receiving end 1002 to the sending end 1001.
在本申请实施例中,发送端1001可以通过蓝牙、NFC、WLAN中的一项或多项无线通信技术来发现附近的设备,附近的设备例如可包括电子设备1002、电子设备1003、电子设备1005、…、电子设备100n等等。然后,发送端1001可以在附近的设备中,确定用户在应用中选中的联系人关联的设备,即确定接收端。这里,用户选中的联系人为“Kate”,则该联系人“Kate”的关联设备即电子设备1002为接收端,而其余设备如电子设备1003、电子设备1005、…、电子设备100n等不是接收端。之后,发送端1001可以在第一应用程序中,通过“hishare”将用户选中的文件发送给接收端1002,即发送端1001可以通过蓝牙、NFC、WLAN中的一项或多项无线通信技术将用户选中的文件分享至联系人关联的设备,即接收端1002。这样,发送端1001和接收端1002可以在应用中快速分享文件给附近的其他设备,不消耗接收端和发送端的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器1004的负载。并且,发送端1001分 享至接收端1002的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说,发送端1001可以分享较大的文件至接收端1002。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 1001 can discover nearby devices through one or more of Bluetooth, NFC, and WLAN wireless communication technologies. The nearby devices can include, for example, electronic devices 1002, electronic devices 1003, and electronic devices 1005. ,..., electronic equipment 100n and so on. Then, the sending end 1001 can determine the device associated with the contact selected by the user in the application among nearby devices, that is, determine the receiving end. Here, if the contact selected by the user is "Kate", the associated device of the contact "Kate", that is, the electronic device 1002 is the receiving end, and the other devices such as electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005,..., electronic device 100n, etc. are not the receiving end . After that, the sending end 1001 can send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare" in the first application. That is, the sending end 1001 can use one or more of Bluetooth, NFC, and WLAN to transfer the file to the receiving end 1002. The file selected by the user is shared to the device associated with the contact, that is, the receiving end 1002. In this way, the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 can quickly share files to other nearby devices in the application, without consuming the cellular data traffic of the receiving end and the sending end, and reducing the load of the server 1004. In addition, the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not limited, that is, the sending end 1001 can share a larger file to the receiving end 1002.
可以理解的,本实施例示出的结构并不构成对通信系统1000的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,通信系统1000可以包括比图示更多或更少的设备。例如通信系统1000中还可包括具有蓝牙(BT)模块、WLAN模块中的一项或多项的其他手机、平板电脑,其他一个或多个服务器等。It can be understood that the structure shown in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the communication system 1000. In other embodiments of the present application, the communication system 1000 may include more or less devices than shown. For example, the communication system 1000 may also include other mobile phones, tablet computers, and other one or more servers having one or more of a Bluetooth (BT) module and a WLAN module.
下面基于通信系统1000,介绍上述第(一)点场景一中实现的应用中传输文件的方法。In the following, based on the communication system 1000, the method for transferring files in the application implemented in the first scenario 1 described above is introduced.
首先,介绍场景一中的应用中传输文件的方法的总体流程。展开可包括:First, introduce the overall flow of the method of transferring files in the application in scenario 1. The expansion can include:
步骤1:发送端1001显示第一用户界面,第一用户界面中可以显示有发送端1001的关联用户和被选中的联系人在第一应用程序中的通信记录。Step 1: The sending end 1001 displays a first user interface. The first user interface may display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1001 and the selected contact in the first application.
第一用户界面可以是第一应用程序提供的用户界面。第一应用程序例如可以是即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用等。第一用户界面用于显示发送端1001的关联用户和被选中的联系人在第一应用程序中的通信记录。第一用户界面可以参见图3B中的用户界面32。The first user interface may be a user interface provided by the first application program. The first application program may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and the like. The first user interface is used to display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1001 and the selected contact in the first application. The first user interface may refer to the user interface 32 in FIG. 3B.
步骤2:发送端1001可以在第一用户界面中检测到用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作,响应于该用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作显示第二用户界面,第二用户界面用于展示发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件。第二用户界面可以参见图3D中的用户界面33。Step 2: The sending end 1001 may detect in the first user interface the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, and in response to the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, the second user interface is displayed. The second user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001. For the second user interface, refer to the user interface 33 in FIG. 3D.
在本申请实施例提供的场景一中,第一用户界面中包括的“hishare”文件分享选项310可以被称为第一操作选项。用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作,即发送端1001在第一操作选项上接收到的操作,可以被称为第一操作。In the first scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the "hishare" file sharing option 310 included in the first user interface may be referred to as the first operation option. The operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, that is, the operation received by the sending end 1001 on the first operation option, may be referred to as the first operation.
步骤3:发送端1001可以在第二用户界面中检测到将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,响应于该将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给该联系人的关联设备(即接收端1002)。发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002的过程不完全通过服务器1004。Step 3: The sending end 1001 can detect the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact in the second user interface. In response to the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact, the sending end 1001 passes "Hishare" sends the selected file to the associated device of the contact (ie, the receiving end 1002). The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
在本申请实施例提供的场景一中,已选定的文件可以被称为第一文件。第二用户界面中可包括第一标识和第二标识,第一标识对应于该第一文件,第二标识对应于发送端1001中存储的第二文件。In the first scenario provided in the embodiment of the present application, the selected file may be referred to as the first file. The second user interface may include a first identifier and a second identifier, the first identifier corresponds to the first file, and the second identifier corresponds to the second file stored in the sending end 1001.
在本申请实施例提供的场景一中,用户选择文件的操作,即发送端1001在第一标识上接收到的操作,可以被称为第二操作。In the first scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the operation of the user to select a file, that is, the operation received by the sending end 1001 on the first identifier, may be referred to as the second operation.
在本申请实施例提供的场景一中,将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,可以被称为第三操作。在一些实施例中,第二用户界面中包括的选项312B可以被称为第二操作选项。第三操作可以是发送端1001在第二操作选项上接收到的操作。In the first scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact may be referred to as the third operation. In some embodiments, the option 312B included in the second user interface may be referred to as a second operation option. The third operation may be an operation received by the sending end 1001 on the second operation option.
可以看出,在检测出用户在应用中分享文件的场景时,发送端1001可以通过“hishare”将文件发送至接收端1002。通过“hishare”传输文件给附近的其他设备的过程可以不依赖发送端1001和服务器之间的通信连接。这样发送端1001可以在应用中快速地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,优化用户的使用体验,当发送端1001使用蜂窝数据流量时,还可以节省发送端1001消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。并且,发送端1001分享至接收 端1002的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说,发送端1001可以分享较大的文件至接收端1002。It can be seen that when a scene in which a user shares a file in an application is detected, the sending end 1001 can send the file to the receiving end 1002 through “hishare”. The process of transferring files to other nearby devices through "hishare" can be independent of the communication connection between the sender 1001 and the server. In this way, the sender 1001 can quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, and optimize the user experience. When the sender 1001 uses cellular data traffic, it can also save the cellular data traffic consumed by the sender 1001 and reduce the server’s cost. load. In addition, the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not limited, that is, the sending end 1001 can share a larger file to the receiving end 1002.
下面,详细介绍场景一中的应用中传输文件的方法。Next, the method of transferring files in the application in scenario one is introduced in detail.
图10B示出了场景一中的应用中传输文件的方法的流程。如图10B所示,该方法可包括:FIG. 10B shows the flow of the method for transferring files in the application in the first scenario. As shown in FIG. 10B, the method may include:
S1001-S1002:提前开启“hishare”。S1001-S1002: Turn on "hishare" in advance.
S1001:发送端1001可以检测到用于开启“hishare”的操作。S1001: The sending end 1001 can detect the operation for opening "hishare".
S1002:响应于检测到的用于开启“hishare”的操作,发送端1001开启“hishare”。S1002: In response to the detected operation for turning on "hishare", the sending end 1001 turns on "hishare".
在一些实施例中,参考前述图2A-图2B实施例可知,用于开启“hishare”的操作可以是发送端1001检测到的作用于窗口202中“hishare”的开关控件202A的点击操作、触摸操作等等。In some embodiments, referring to the aforementioned embodiments in FIGS. 2A-2B, it can be seen that the operation for opening "hishare" may be a click operation or touch operation detected by the sending end 1001 that acts on the switch control 202A of "hishare" in the window 202. Operation and so on.
具体的,开启“hishare”可以是指开启发送端1001的蓝牙模块、NFC模块、WLAN模块、中的一项或多项。开启“hishare”后,发送端1001可以通过NFC、蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP、Wi-Fi LAN中一项或多项技术发现该发送端1001附近的设备。Specifically, turning on "hishare" may refer to turning on one or more of the Bluetooth module, NFC module, and WLAN module of the sending end 1001. After "hishare" is turned on, the sender 1001 can discover the vicinity of the sender 1001 through one or more of NFC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN. device of.
在一些实施例中,S1001-S1002可以是可选步骤,用户也可以在应用中选中分享文件的联系人后,触发发送端1001开启“hishare”。也就是说,提前开启“hishare”可以不是必须的。In some embodiments, S1001-S1002 may be optional steps, and the user may also select a contact who shares the file in the application and trigger the sender 1001 to start "hishare". In other words, it is not necessary to turn on "hishare" in advance.
S1003:发送端1002启动第一应用程序,并显示第一用户界面。第一用户界面中可以显示有发送端1002的关联用户和被选中的联系人在第一应用程序中的通信记录。S1003: The sending end 1002 starts the first application and displays the first user interface. The first user interface may display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1002 and the selected contact in the first application.
第一用户界面可以是第一应用程序提供的用户界面。第一应用程序例如可以是即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用等。The first user interface may be a user interface provided by the first application program. The first application program may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and the like.
第一用户界面用于显示发送端1002的关联用户和被选中的联系人在第一应用程序中的通信记录。第一用户界面的示例性实现方式可参考图3B或图3C所示的用户界面32、图4B或图4C所示的用户界面32、图4D或图4E或图4F所示的用户界面32、图5B或图5C所示的用户界面52。The first user interface is used to display the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1002 and the selected contact in the first application. The exemplary implementation of the first user interface may refer to the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 4C, the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4D or FIG. 4E or FIG. 4F, The user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B or FIG. 5C.
在一些实施例中,第一用户界面可以是通过以下方式显示的:In some embodiments, the first user interface may be displayed in the following manner:
首先,发送端1001显示第一应用程序提供的显示有一个或多个联系人选项的用户界面,该用户界面的示例性实现方式可参考图3A所示的用户界面31或图5A所示的用户界面51。First, the sender 1001 displays a user interface provided by the first application program displaying one or more contact options. For an exemplary implementation of the user interface, refer to the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3A or the user interface shown in FIG. 5A. Interface 51.
然后,发送端1001检测到用于选择联系人的用户操作,选择联系人的操作可以是:发送端1001检测到的作用于某个联系人选项上的点击操作、触摸操作等,该联系人选项对应的联系人即为被选中的联系人;Then, the sender 1001 detects a user operation for selecting a contact. The operation for selecting a contact may be: a click operation, touch operation, etc., that acts on a contact option detected by the sender 1001. The contact option The corresponding contact is the selected contact;
最后,发送端1001响应于检测到的用于选择联系人的操作,显示第一用户界面。第一用户界面中显示有发送端1001的关联用户和被选中的联系人在第一应用程序中的通信记录。Finally, the sending end 1001 displays the first user interface in response to the detected operation for selecting a contact. The first user interface displays the communication records of the associated user of the sending end 1001 and the selected contact in the first application.
S1004:发送端1001显示第一用户界面的同时,开启“hishare”。S1004是可选步骤,用户也可以提前触发发送端1001开启“hishare”,可以参考S1001-S1002。用户也可以后续再触发发送端1001开启“hishare”,可参考S1006。S1004: While the sending end 1001 displays the first user interface, it turns on "hishare". S1004 is an optional step, and the user can also trigger the sending end 1001 to enable "hishare" in advance, please refer to S1001-S1002. The user can also trigger the sender 1001 to turn on "hishare" later, refer to S1006.
S1005:发送端1001可以在第一用户界面中检测到用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作。S1005: The sending end 1001 may detect an operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001 in the first user interface.
用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作例如可以是:作用于图3C所示用户界面32中的”hishare文件传输”选项310上的用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)、作用于图4C所示用户界面32中的”hishare文件传输”选项310上的用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)、作用于图4F所示用户界面32中的”hishare文件传输”选项310上的用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)、作用于图5C所示用户界面52中的“照片”选项501上的用户操作(例如点击操作、触摸操作等)。The operation for viewing files stored in the sending end 1001 may be, for example, user operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.) acting on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 3C, and acting on User operations (such as click operations, touch operations, etc.) on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4C, and actions on the "hishare file transfer" option 310 in the user interface 32 shown in FIG. 4F User operations (for example, click operations, touch operations, etc.), user operations (for example, click operations, touch operations, etc.) acting on the "photo" option 501 in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5C.
S1006:响应于检测到的用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作,发送端1001开启“hishare”。S1006是可选步骤,用户也可以提前触发发送端1001开启“hishare”,可以参考S1001-S1002,或者,参考S1004。S1006: In response to the detected operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001, the sending end 1001 turns on "hishare". S1006 is an optional step, and the user can also trigger the sending end 1001 to enable "hishare" in advance. You can refer to S1001-S1002, or refer to S1004.
S1007:响应于在第一用户界面中检测到的用于查看发送端1001中存储的文件的操作,发送端1001显示第二用户界面。第二用户界面中显示有:发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件的标识。S1007: In response to the operation for viewing the file stored in the sending end 1001 detected in the first user interface, the sending end 1001 displays the second user interface. The second user interface displays: the identification of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
第二用户界面用于展示发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件。第二用户界面中显示有发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件的标识。发送端1001中存储的文件可包括但不限于:图片、音频、视频、文档、链接等等。文件的标识可以是该文件的缩略图、名称等等。The second user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001. The identification of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001 is displayed in the second user interface. The files stored in the sending end 1001 may include, but are not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on. The identification of the file can be the thumbnail, name, etc. of the file.
第二用户界面的可实现形式可参考图3D所示的用户界面33、图5D所示的用户界面53。文件的标识的可实现形式可参考图3D所示文件区域313中的文件的缩略图或名称、图5D所示文件区域504中的文件的缩略图。The achievable form of the second user interface can refer to the user interface 33 shown in FIG. 3D and the user interface 53 shown in FIG. 5D. The achievable form of the identification of the file can refer to the thumbnail or name of the file in the file area 313 shown in FIG. 3D, and the thumbnail of the file in the file area 504 shown in FIG. 5D.
S1008:在“hishare”已开启的条件下,发送端1001可以发现附近的设备,如电子设备1001,电子设备1002,电子设备1003、电子设备1005…、电子设备100n。n是正整数。关于发送端1001发现附近的设备的具体实现,后续内容会详细介绍,这里先不赘述。S1008: Under the condition that "hishare" is turned on, the sender 1001 can discover nearby devices, such as electronic device 1001, electronic device 1002, electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005..., electronic device 100n. n is a positive integer. Regarding the specific implementation of the sending end 1001 discovering nearby devices, the follow-up content will be described in detail, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例不限定S1008和S1007的先后顺序,发送端1001可以同时执行S1007和S1008,也可以先执行S1007,还可以先执行S1008。The embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence of S1008 and S1007. The sending end 1001 can execute S1007 and S1008 at the same time, or execute S1007 first, or execute S1008 first.
S1009:发送端1001在发现的附近的设备中,确定联系人关联的设备,即确定接收端1002。发送端1001在附近的设备中确定接收端1002的具体实现,后续内容会详细介绍,这里先不赘述。S1009: The sending end 1001 determines the device associated with the contact among the discovered nearby devices, that is, the receiving end 1002 is determined. The sending end 1001 determines the specific implementation of the receiving end 1002 in nearby devices, and the subsequent content will be described in detail, and will not be repeated here.
S1010:发送端1001可以在第二用户界面中检测到将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作。S1010: The sending end 1001 may detect a user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact in the second user interface.
这里,已选定的文件可以包括以下一项或多项:已选定的图片、已选定的文档、已选定的网页、已选定的音频、已选定的链接等等。Here, the selected files may include one or more of the following: selected pictures, selected documents, selected web pages, selected audios, selected links, and so on.
用于将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作例如可以是作用于图3E中的控件312B上的用户操作、作用于图5E中的控件503B上的用户操作等。The user operation for sharing the selected file to the contact may be, for example, a user operation on the control 312B in FIG. 3E, a user operation on the control 503B in FIG. 5E, and the like.
发送端1001确定已选定的文件的方式,以及,将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,可以参考前述UI实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The manner in which the sender 1001 determines the selected file and the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact can refer to the relevant description in the aforementioned UI embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
S1011-S1016:响应于将已选定的文件分享至联系人的用户操作,发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给该联系人的关联设备(即接收端1002)。发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002的过程不完全通过服务器1004。S1011-S1016: In response to the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the associated device of the contact (ie, the receiving end 1002) through "hishare". The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
S1011:发送端1001可以和接收端1002建立通信连接。S1011: The sending end 1001 can establish a communication connection with the receiving end 1002.
发送端1001可以和接收端1002建立蓝牙通信连接、Wi-Fi直连通信连接(如Wi-Fip2p连接)、SoftAP连接等。具体的,发送端1001可以根据接收端1002的设备标识,向接收端1002发送连接建立请求,接收端1002可以向发送端1001返回连接建立成功的响应。The sending end 1001 can establish a Bluetooth communication connection, a Wi-Fi direct communication connection (such as a Wi-Fip2p connection), a SoftAP connection, and the like with the receiving end 1002. Specifically, the sending end 1001 may send a connection establishment request to the receiving end 1002 according to the device identifier of the receiving end 1002, and the receiving end 1002 may return a response that the connection establishment is successful to the sending end 1001.
发送端1001和接收端1002建立连接时所需的信息,可以在S1008-S1009中确定联系人关联的设备后,由发送端和接收端进行协商。例如,S1011中发送端和接收端建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接时,发送端1001可以在S1008中通过蓝牙发现附近的设备后,在S1009中确定接收端1002后,和接收端1002建立蓝牙通信连接,并通过该蓝牙通信连接将建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接所需的服务集标识(service set identifier,SSID)和密码发送给接收端1002。接收端1002根据该SSID和密码连接到发送端1001,这样接收端1001和发送端1002可以成功建立Wi-Fi直连通信连接。The information required when the sender 1001 and the receiver 1002 establish a connection can be negotiated by the sender and receiver after the device associated with the contact is determined in S1008-S1009. For example, when the sending end and the receiving end establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection in S1011, the sending end 1001 can discover nearby devices through Bluetooth in S1008, and after determining the receiving end 1002 in S1009, establish Bluetooth communication with the receiving end 1002 Connect, and send a service set identifier (SSID) and password required for establishing a Wi-Fi direct communication connection to the receiving end 1002 through the Bluetooth communication connection. The receiving end 1002 connects to the sending end 1001 according to the SSID and password, so that the receiving end 1001 and the sending end 1002 can successfully establish a Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
在一些实施例中,S1011是可选步骤。如果发送端1001和接收端1002处于同一个LAN,则发送端1001可以根据接收端1002的设备标识直接向接收端1002传输已选定的文件,无需再建立通信连接。In some embodiments, S1011 is an optional step. If the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are in the same LAN, the sending end 1001 can directly transmit the selected file to the receiving end 1002 according to the device identification of the receiving end 1002 without establishing a communication connection.
也就是说,在发送端1001通过蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fi p2p)、Wi-Fi softAP中一项或多项无线通信技术传输已选定的文件的情况下,该发送端1001需要在确定接收端1002之后和接收端1002建立通信连接。而在发送端1001通过Wi-Fi LAN无线通信技术传输已选定的文件的情况下,因为发送端1001和接收端1002已处于同一个LAN,可以直接进行文件传输。That is to say, when the sender 1001 transmits the selected file through one or more of the wireless communication technologies of Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi p2p), and Wi-Fi softAP, the sender 1001 needs to establish a communication connection with the receiving end 1002 after determining the receiving end 1002. In the case where the sending end 1001 transmits the selected file through Wi-Fi LAN wireless communication technology, because the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are already in the same LAN, the file can be transferred directly.
S1012:发送端1001可以向接收端1002发送文件分享请求。该文件分享请求用于请求接收端1002接收发送端1001分享的文件。S1012: The sending end 1001 may send a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002. The file sharing request is used to request the receiving end 1002 to receive the file shared by the sending end 1001.
在一些实施例中,发送端1001可以通过已建立的通信连接(如蓝牙通信连接和/或Wi-Fi直连通信连接)向接收端1002发送文件分享请求,或者通过LAN、NFC向接收端1002发送文件分享请求。In some embodiments, the sending end 1001 may send a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002 through an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection), or to the receiving end 1002 through a LAN or NFC. Send a file sharing request.
在一些实施例中,发送端1001可以通过和服务器1004之间的通信连接将文件分享请求发送至服务器1004,由服务器1004将该文件分享请求发送至接收端1002。在一种实施方式中,该文件分享请求中可携带有被选中的联系人的用户标识,服务器1004可以根据被选中的联系人的用户标识,在自身关联存储的数据中,确定和该联系人的用户标识关联存储的设备标识,即确定接收端1002的设备标识,从而将该文件分享请求发送至接收端1002。在另一种实施方式中,该文件分享请求中可携带有接收端1002的设备标识,服务器1004可以根据接收端1002的设备标识,直接将该文件分享请求发送至接收端1002。In some embodiments, the sending end 1001 may send the file sharing request to the server 1004 through a communication connection with the server 1004, and the server 1004 sends the file sharing request to the receiving end 1002. In one embodiment, the file sharing request may carry the user identification of the selected contact, and the server 1004 may determine the user identification of the selected contact in the data stored in its own association with the user identification of the selected contact. The user ID of is associated with the stored device ID, that is, the device ID of the receiving end 1002 is determined, and the file sharing request is sent to the receiving end 1002. In another embodiment, the file sharing request may carry the device identification of the receiving end 1002, and the server 1004 may directly send the file sharing request to the receiving end 1002 according to the device identification of the receiving end 1002.
通过服务器来发送文件分享请求,可以使得服务器1004获知发送端1001和接收端1002之间的本次文件传输事件并进行记录。发送端1001通过服务器1004发送文件分享请求时,该文件分享请求中还可以携带指示信息。该指示信息可用于指示分享的文件的大小、类型等。Sending the file sharing request through the server allows the server 1004 to learn and record the current file transfer event between the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002. When the sending end 1001 sends a file sharing request through the server 1004, the file sharing request may also carry instruction information. The instruction information can be used to indicate the size, type, etc. of the shared file.
S1013:发送端1001显示提示信息。S1013: The sending end 1001 displays a prompt message.
具体的,该提示信息可以提示发送端1001的关联用户当前文件的传输状态。此时,该提示信息用于提示发送端1001的关联用户当前文件的传输状态为第一传输状态。第一传输状态可以是指已选定的文件正在等待被接收端1002接收。Specifically, the prompt information may prompt the current file transmission status of the associated user of the sending end 1001. At this time, the prompt information is used to prompt the transmission state of the current file of the associated user of the sending end 1001 to be the first transmission state. The first transmission state may mean that the selected file is waiting to be received by the receiving end 1002.
该提示信息的示例性实现方式可参考图3F中的提示信息315、图5F中的提示信息506。For an exemplary implementation of the prompt information, refer to the prompt information 315 in FIG. 3F and the prompt information 506 in FIG. 5F.
S1014:在接收到发送端1001发送的文件分享请求后,接收端1002可以显示通知窗口。该通知窗口用于询问接收端1002的关联用户是否接受发送端1001的文件分享请求,即询问用户是否接收已选定的文件。通知窗口的示例性实现方式可参考图9A中的通知窗口901。S1014: After receiving the file sharing request sent by the sending end 1001, the receiving end 1002 may display a notification window. The notification window is used to ask the associated user of the receiving end 1002 whether to accept the file sharing request from the sending end 1001, that is, to ask the user whether to receive the selected file. For an exemplary implementation of the notification window, refer to the notification window 901 in FIG. 9A.
S1015:接收端1002在通知窗口中检测到用于接受发送端1001的文件分享请求的用户操作后,向发送端1001返回分享请求应答。S1015: After the receiving end 1002 detects a user operation for accepting the file sharing request of the sending end 1001 in the notification window, it returns a sharing request response to the sending end 1001.
用于接收发送端1001的文件分享请求的用户操作,可以是作用于图9A的窗口901中控件901D上的操作。The user operation for receiving the file sharing request from the sending end 1001 may be an operation acting on the control 901D in the window 901 of FIG. 9A.
在一些实施例中,接收端1002可以通过已建立的通信连接(如蓝牙通信连接和/或Wi-Fi直连通信连接)向发送端1001发送分享请求应答,或者通过LAN、NFC向发送端1001发送分享请求应答。在一些实施例中,接收端1002可以通过和服务器1004之间的通信连接将分享请求应答发送至服务器1004,由服务器1004将该分享请求应答发送至发送端1001。In some embodiments, the receiving end 1002 may send a sharing request response to the sending end 1001 through an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection), or to the sending end 1001 through a LAN or NFC. Send response to sharing request. In some embodiments, the receiving end 1002 may send the sharing request response to the server 1004 through a communication connection with the server 1004, and the server 1004 sends the sharing request response to the sending end 1001.
在一些实施例中,S1015可以不是必须的。也就是说,当有发送端1001向接收端1002发送文件分享请求时,接收端1002可以直接返回分享请求应答,无需用户介入,即可接收来自该发送端1001的文件。In some embodiments, S1015 may not be necessary. In other words, when the sending end 1001 sends a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002, the receiving end 1002 can directly return the sharing request response, and the file from the sending end 1001 can be received without user intervention.
S1016:在接收到接收端1002返回的分享请求应答后,发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002。发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002的过程不完全通过服务器。S1016: After receiving the share request response returned by the receiving end 1002, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare". The sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare" not completely through the server.
具体的,发送端1001可以通过已建立的通信连接(如蓝牙通信连接和/或Wi-Fi直连通信连接),或者通过LAN,将用户选定的文件发送给接收端1002。这样,发送端1001在应用中传输文件给附近的其他设备即接收端1002的过程可以不依赖发送端1001和服务器1004之间的通信连接,可以在应用中快速地将文件传输至接收端1002,优化用户的使用体验,还可以节省发送端1001消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。并且,由于发送端1001在应用中传输文件给附近的其他设备即接收端1002的过程不依赖发送端1001和服务器1004之间的通信连接,发送端1001分享至接收端1002的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说,发送端1001可以分享较大的文件至接收端1002。Specifically, the sending end 1001 may send the file selected by the user to the receiving end 1002 through an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection), or through a LAN. In this way, the sending end 1001 transmits files in the application to other nearby devices, namely the receiving end 1002, without relying on the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server 1004, and the file can be quickly transferred to the receiving end 1002 in the application. By optimizing the user experience, the cellular data traffic consumed by the sender 1001 can also be saved, and the load on the server can be reduced. Moreover, since the sending end 1001 transmits files in the application to other nearby devices, namely the receiving end 1002, the process does not rely on the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server 1004, and the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not affected. Restriction, that is, the sending end 1001 can share larger files to the receiving end 1002.
在一些实施例中,发送端1001还可以同时结合已建立的通信连接(如蓝牙通信连接和/或Wi-Fi直连通信连接)/LAN,以及,发送端1001和服务器之间的通信连接将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端1002。这样可以通过多种方式来传输文件,提高了文件的传输效率。在一种具体的实施方式中,发送端1001可以在用户选定的文件大于第二阈值时,同时结合已建立的通信连接(如蓝牙通信连接和/或Wi-Fi直连通信连接)/LAN,以及,发送端1001和服务器之间的通信连接将用户已选定的文件发送给接收端1002。进一步地,发送端1001可以将用户选中的文件分为两部分,通过已建立的通信连接(如蓝牙通信连接和/或Wi-Fi直连通信连接)/LAN发送一部分文件,通过和服务器之间的通信连接发送另一部分文件。本申请实施例对发送端1001将文件分为两部分的方式不作限制。In some embodiments, the sending end 1001 can also combine an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or Wi-Fi direct communication connection)/LAN at the same time, and the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server will be The file selected by the user is sent to the receiving end 1002. In this way, files can be transferred in a variety of ways, which improves the efficiency of file transfer. In a specific implementation, the sending end 1001 may simultaneously combine an established communication connection (such as a Bluetooth communication connection and/or a Wi-Fi direct communication connection)/LAN when the file selected by the user is greater than the second threshold. , And the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server sends the file selected by the user to the receiving end 1002. Further, the sending end 1001 can divide the file selected by the user into two parts, and send a part of the file through the established communication connection (such as Bluetooth communication connection and/or Wi-Fi direct communication connection)/LAN, and pass it between the server and the server. The communication link sends another part of the file. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the sending end 1001 divides the file into two parts.
在本申请实施例中,发送端1001可以通过AIDL调用函数(例如PreSend Send)将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 1001 may send the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through an AIDL calling function (for example, PreSend Send).
S1012-S1015可以不是必须的。也就是说,发送端1001可以在检测到将已选定的文件 分享至联系人的用户操作后,直接将已选定的文件发送给该联系人关联的设备。S1012-S1015 may not be necessary. That is, the sending end 1001 may directly send the selected file to the device associated with the contact after detecting the user operation of sharing the selected file to the contact.
S1017-S1019:反馈文件传输状态。S1017-S1019: Feedback file transfer status.
参考S1017,接收端1002可以在文件传输过程中显示提示信息,也可以在文件传输结束后显示提示信息。该提示信息可以用于提示接收端1002的关联用户(即被选中的联系人)文件的传输状态。With reference to S1017, the receiving end 1002 may display a prompt message during the file transfer process, or may display the prompt message after the file transfer ends. The prompt information can be used to prompt the file transmission status of the associated user (ie, the selected contact) of the receiving end 1002.
参考S1018,接收端1002可以在文件传输过程中向发送端1001反馈文件的传输状态,也可以在文件传输结束后向发送端1001反馈文件的传输状态。With reference to S1018, the receiving end 1002 may feed back the transmission status of the file to the sending end 1001 during the file transmission process, and may also feedback the transmission status of the file to the sending end 1001 after the file transmission is completed.
参考S1019,在接收到接收端1002反馈的传输状态后,发送端1001也可以显示提示信息,以提示发送端1001的关联用户文件的传输状态。With reference to S1019, after receiving the transmission status fed back by the receiving end 1002, the sending end 1001 may also display a prompt message to prompt the transmission status of the associated user file of the sending end 1001.
在本申请实施例中,发送端1001可以通过AIDL调用函数(例如onTransStateChange),获取文件的传输状态。接收端1002可以通过AIDL调用函数(例如OnProgress),获取文件的传输状态。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 1001 may call a function (for example, onTransStateChange) through AIDL to obtain the transmission state of the file. The receiving end 1002 may call a function (for example, OnProgress) through AIDL to obtain the transmission status of the file.
在一些实施例中,文件的传输状态可包括但不限于:In some embodiments, the file transfer status may include, but is not limited to:
第二传输状态,可以是指已选定的文件正在被传输给接收端1002。The second transmission state may mean that the selected file is being transmitted to the receiving end 1002.
第三传输状态,可以是指已选定的文件被成功传输给接收端1002。The third transmission state may mean that the selected file is successfully transmitted to the receiving end 1002.
第四传输状态,可以是指已选定的文件未被成功传输给接收端1002。The fourth transmission state may mean that the selected file has not been successfully transmitted to the receiving end 1002.
在一些实施例中,接收端1002显示的提示信息可以参考:在图9B-图9D中一项或多项示例性所示的文件传输记录903中的提示信息905。关于提示信息905,可以参考图9B-图9C实施例中的相关内容及扩展,这里不再赘述。In some embodiments, the prompt information displayed by the receiving end 1002 may refer to: one or more of the prompt information 905 in the file transfer record 903 shown in FIGS. 9B to 9D exemplarily. Regarding the prompt information 905, reference may be made to the relevant content and extensions in the embodiments of FIGS. 9B to 9C, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,发送端1001显示的提示信息可以参考:在图3G-图3I中一项或多项示例性所示的文件传输记录314中的提示信息315,或者,在图5G-图5I中一项或多项示例性所述的文件传输记录505中的提示信息506。关于提示信息315,可以参考图3G-图3I实施例中的相关内容及扩展,这里不再赘述。关于提示信息506,可参考图5G-图5I实施例中的相关内容及扩展,这里不再赘述。In some embodiments, the prompt information displayed by the sending end 1001 may refer to: one or more of the prompt information 315 in the file transfer record 314 shown in FIG. 3G-FIG. 3I, or the prompt information 315 in FIG. 5G-FIG. One or more of the prompt information 506 in the file transfer record 505 described as an example in 5I. Regarding the prompt information 315, reference may be made to the relevant content and extensions in the embodiments of FIGS. 3G-3I, which will not be repeated here. Regarding the prompt information 506, please refer to the related content and extensions in the embodiments of FIGS. 5G-5I, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例提供的场景一中,发送端1001显示的提示信息可以显示在第三用户界面中。该第三用户界面的示例性实现方式可参考图3F-图3I、图5F-图5I中任意一项所示的用户界面。In the first scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the prompt information displayed by the sending end 1001 may be displayed in the third user interface. For an exemplary implementation of the third user interface, reference may be made to the user interface shown in any one of FIG. 3F-FIG. 3I and FIG. 5F-FIG. 5I.
不限于通过显示屏显示提示信息的方式来提示用户文件的传输状态,发送端1001和接收端1002还可以停过其他方式来提示文件的传输状态,例如还可以通过播放语音来提示等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It is not limited to the way of displaying prompt information on the screen to prompt the user of the file transmission status. The sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 can also stop other methods to prompt the file transmission status, for example, it can also be prompted by playing a voice, etc. The application embodiment does not limit this.
S1017-S1019可以不是必须的。也就是说,接收端和发送端都可以不必反馈文件的传输状态。S1017-S1019 may not be necessary. In other words, both the receiving end and the sending end do not need to feed back the transmission status of the file.
下面来详细说明S1008中,发送端1001发现附近的设备的几种实现方式:The following is a detailed description of several implementation methods for the sender 1001 to discover nearby devices in S1008:
方式1.采用蓝牙无线通信技术发现附近的设备 Method 1. Use Bluetooth wireless communication technology to discover nearby devices
具体的,发送端1001附近的设备(如电子设备1002、电子设备1003等)可以进行蓝牙广播,即发送蓝牙广播包;发送端1001可以进行蓝牙扫描,扫描附近的设备广播的广播包。Specifically, the devices near the sending end 1001 (such as the electronic device 1002, the electronic device 1003, etc.) can perform Bluetooth broadcasting, that is, send Bluetooth broadcast packets; the sending end 1001 can perform Bluetooth scanning to scan broadcast packets broadcast by nearby devices.
在一些实施例中,广播包中可以携带有设备的设备标识。例如,电子设备1002发送的蓝牙广播包中携带有电子设备1002的设备标识,电子设备1003发送的蓝牙广播包中携带有电子设备1003的设备标识。发送端1001可以根据扫描到的广播包中的设备标识来发现附近的设备,例如发现附近的电子设备1002、电子设备1003。In some embodiments, the broadcast packet may carry the device identification of the device. For example, the Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1002 carries the device identification of the electronic device 1002, and the Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1003 carries the device identification of the electronic device 1003. The sending end 1001 can discover nearby devices according to the device identifiers in the scanned broadcast packet, for example, discover nearby electronic devices 1002 and electronic devices 1003.
在一些实施例中,除了设备标识,广播包中还可以携带有设备的关联用户在该设备安装的应用中的用户标识。例如,电子设备1002上安装有第一应用程序时,电子设备1002发送的广播包中携带有用户“Kate”在第一应用程序中的用户标识。电子设备1003上安装有第一应用程序和第二应用程序(例如邮箱类应用程序)时,电子设备1003发送的广播包中携带有用户“Mac”在第一应用程序中的用户标识例如账号“Mac”,以及,用户“Mac”在第二应用程序中的用户标识例如账号“Mac”。广播包中的用户标识可用于发送端1001在附近的设备中确定被选择的联系人关联的设备,即确定接收端,后续实施例将会详细描述该过程。In some embodiments, in addition to the device identification, the broadcast packet may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device. For example, when the first application is installed on the electronic device 1002, the broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1002 carries the user identification of the user "Kate" in the first application. When the first application and the second application (such as a mailbox application) are installed on the electronic device 1003, the broadcast packet sent by the electronic device 1003 carries the user identification of the user "Mac" in the first application, such as the account " Mac", and the user identification of the user "Mac" in the second application, such as the account "Mac". The user identification in the broadcast packet can be used by the sender 1001 to determine the device associated with the selected contact among nearby devices, that is, to determine the receiver. The subsequent embodiments will describe this process in detail.
方式2.采用Wi-Fi直连无线通信技术发现附近的设备 Method 2. Use Wi-Fi direct wireless communication technology to discover nearby devices
在一些实施例中,发送端1001可以向外广播探测请求(probe request)。附近的设备(如打印机等设备)在监听到该探测请求之后,可以回应探测响应(probe response),以通报自身的存在。其中,探测响应(probe response)可以携带设备的设备标识,还可以携带有设备的关联用户在该设备安装的应用中的用户标识。这里,设备标识可参考方式1中蓝牙广播包中的设备标识,用户标识可参考方式1中蓝牙广播包中的用户标识。In some embodiments, the sending end 1001 may broadcast a probe request to the outside. After listening to the detection request, nearby devices (such as printers) can respond with a probe response to notify their existence. Wherein, the probe response may carry the device identification of the device, and may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device. Here, the device identification can refer to the device identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1, and the user identification can refer to the user identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1.
在另一些实施例中,附近的设备(如手机、平板电脑等)可以周期性的向外发送信标(Beacon)帧。发送端1001可以通过监听附近的设备发送的Beacon帧来发现附近的设备。其中,Beacon帧可以携带设备的设备标识,还可以携带有设备的关联用户在该设备安装的应用中的用户标识。这里,设备标识可参考方式1中蓝牙广播包中的设备标识,用户标识可参考方式1中蓝牙广播包中的用户标识。In other embodiments, nearby devices (such as mobile phones, tablet computers, etc.) can periodically send out beacon frames. The sender 1001 can discover nearby devices by monitoring the Beacon frames sent by nearby devices. Among them, the Beacon frame may carry the device identification of the device, and may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device. Here, the device identification can refer to the device identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1, and the user identification can refer to the user identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1.
也即是说,发送端1001可以采用Wi-Fi直连无线通信技术,主动发现附近的设备,或者被动发现附近的设备。In other words, the sending end 1001 can adopt Wi-Fi direct wireless communication technology to actively discover nearby devices or passively discover nearby devices.
方式3.发现同一个Wi-Fi LAN中的设备Method 3. Discover devices in the same Wi-Fi LAN
在一些实施例中,发送端1001可以根据自身在该LAN中的IP地址和子网掩码确定出该LAN的IP地址范围,然后可以通过单播轮询的方式来发现该LAN中的设备。不限于此,发送端1001还可以在该LAN中通过广播消息或组播消息的方式来发现该LAN中的设备。该LAN中的设备接收到广播消息或组播消息或轮询消息后,可以向发送端1001回复自身的信息。该信息中可以携带设备的设备标识,还可以携带有设备的关联用户在该设备安装的应用中的用户标识。这里,设备标识可参考方式1中蓝牙广播包中的设备标识,用户标识可参考方式1中蓝牙广播包中的用户标识。In some embodiments, the sender 1001 can determine the IP address range of the LAN according to its own IP address and subnet mask in the LAN, and then can discover the devices in the LAN by means of unicast polling. Not limited to this, the sender 1001 can also discover the devices in the LAN through broadcast messages or multicast messages in the LAN. After receiving a broadcast message, a multicast message, or a polling message, the device in the LAN can reply its own information to the sender 1001. The information may carry the device identification of the device, and may also carry the user identification of the associated user of the device in the application installed on the device. Here, the device identification can refer to the device identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1, and the user identification can refer to the user identification in the Bluetooth broadcast package in mode 1.
不限于上述几种发送端1001发现附近的设备的方式,实际应用中,发送端1001还可以采用其他方式来基于蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连、Wi-Fi LAN或NFC等无线通信技术发现附近的设备,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It is not limited to the above several ways that the sender 1001 discovers nearby devices. In actual applications, the sender 1001 can also use other methods to discover nearby devices based on wireless communication technologies such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi Direct, Wi-Fi LAN, or NFC. Equipment, this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,发送端1001可以在使用上述任意一种方式发现附近的设备后,通过安卓接口定义语言(android interface definition language,AIDL)调用函数(例如 OnDeviceFound),从而在附近的设备中确定联系人关联的设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 1001 can use any of the above methods to find nearby devices, and then call a function (for example, OnDeviceFound) through the Android interface definition language (AIDL), so that it can be used in nearby devices. Determine the device associated with the contact.
下面来详细说明S1009中,发送端1001在发现的附近的设备中确定联系人关联的设备,即确定接收端1002的几种实现方式:In S1009, the sending end 1001 determines the device associated with the contact among the discovered nearby devices in detail below, that is, several implementation manners for determining the receiving end 1002:
方式1.发送端1001根据附近的设备发送的用户标识来确定接收端 Method 1. The sender 1001 determines the receiver according to the user ID sent by nearby devices
在一些实施例中,附近的设备可以发送设备的关联用户在该设备安装的应用中的用户标识给发送端1001。发送的方式可参考前文实施例关于S1008的相关描述。发送端1001可以在接收到的用户标识中,查找和被选中的联系人的用户标识相同的用户标识。若查找到和被选中的联系人的用户标识相同的用户标识,则将发送该用户标识的设备确定为接收端。In some embodiments, a nearby device may send the user identifier of the associated user of the device in an application installed on the device to the sending end 1001. For the sending mode, refer to the related description of S1008 in the previous embodiment. The sending end 1001 may search for a user ID that is the same as the user ID of the selected contact among the received user IDs. If the user ID that is the same as the user ID of the selected contact is found, the device that sends the user ID is determined as the receiving end.
举例说明,假设被选中的联系人的用户标识为账号“Kate”,那么发送端1001可以确定发送用户账号“Kate”的电子设备1002为接收端。For example, assuming that the user identification of the selected contact is the account "Kate", the sending end 1001 may determine that the electronic device 1002 sending the user account "Kate" is the receiving end.
方式2.发送端1001通过第一应用程序对应的服务器1004确定接收端 Method 2. The sending end 1001 determines the receiving end through the server 1004 corresponding to the first application
在一些实施例中,发送端1001可以向服务器1004发送请求,该请求携带被选中的联系人的用户标识,该请求用于询问该联系人当前登录第一应用程序时所使用的设备的标识。由于服务器1004中关联存储有注册了第一应用程序的用户的标识,和,该用户的关联设备的设备标识,服务器1004可以根据该请求中携带的用户标识,查找到和该用户标识关联存储的设备标识。之后,服务器1004可以将查找到的设备标识发送给发送端1001。发送端1001接收到服务器发送的设备标识后,将该设备标识表征的设备确定为接收端。In some embodiments, the sending end 1001 may send a request to the server 1004, the request carrying the user identification of the selected contact, and the request is used to inquire about the identification of the device that the contact currently uses to log in to the first application. Since the server 1004 stores the identification of the user who registered the first application in association with the device identification of the user's associated device, the server 1004 can find the user identification that is stored in association with the user identification according to the user identification carried in the request. Equipment Identity. After that, the server 1004 may send the found device identification to the sending end 1001. After receiving the device identification sent by the server, the sending end 1001 determines the device represented by the device identification as the receiving end.
举例说明,假设被选中的联系人的用户标识为账号“Kate”,则发送端1001可以向服务器发送携带有该账号“Kate”的请求。服务器1004接收到该请求后,可以根据表1中存储的数据查找到和账号“Kate”对应的设备标识,并将该设备标识发送给发送端1001。发送端1001可以将该设备标识表征的电子设备1002确定为接收端。For example, assuming that the user identifier of the selected contact is the account "Kate", the sender 1001 may send a request carrying the account "Kate" to the server. After the server 1004 receives the request, it can find the device ID corresponding to the account "Kate" according to the data stored in Table 1, and send the device ID to the sending end 1001. The sending end 1001 may determine the electronic device 1002 represented by the device identifier as the receiving end.
在一个具体的例子中,用户标识可以为华为ID。在上述任意一种确定方式中,该华为ID可以不直接在设备间传输,而通过华为ID的哈希值(hash values)在设备间传输。华为ID的哈希值由设备使用哈希函数(hash function)对华为ID进行计算得到。In a specific example, the user identification may be a Huawei ID. In any of the foregoing determination methods, the Huawei ID may not be directly transmitted between devices, but may be transmitted between devices through the hash values of the Huawei ID. The hash value of the Huawei ID is calculated by the device using a hash function to calculate the Huawei ID.
下面基于通信系统1000,介绍上述第(二)点场景二中实现的应用中传输文件的方法。In the following, based on the communication system 1000, the method for transferring files in the application implemented in the second scenario 2 described above is introduced.
首先,介绍场景二中的应用中传输文件的方法的总体流程。展开可包括:First, introduce the overall flow of the method of transferring files in the application in scenario 2. The expansion can include:
步骤1:发送端1001显示第四用户界面,第四用户界面用于展示发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件。Step 1: The sending end 1001 displays a fourth user interface, and the fourth user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
第四用户界面可以是第二应用程序提供的用户界面。第二应用程序例如可以是图库、文件管理器、文档管理器等等。第四用户界面可以参见图6A或图6B所示的用户界面61。The fourth user interface may be a user interface provided by the second application program. The second application program may be, for example, a gallery, a file manager, a document manager, and so on. The fourth user interface may refer to the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6A or FIG. 6B.
步骤2:发送端1001可以在第四用户界面中检测到用于分享已选定文件的用户操作,响应于该用于分享已选定文件的用户操作,显示一个或多个应用程序选项。Step 2: The sending end 1001 may detect a user operation for sharing the selected file in the fourth user interface, and in response to the user operation for sharing the selected file, display one or more application options.
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,已选定的文件可以被称为第三文件。第四用户界面中包括第三标识和第四标识,第三标识对应于第三文件,第四标识对应于发送端1001中存储的第四文件。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the selected file may be referred to as the third file. The fourth user interface includes a third identifier and a fourth identifier, the third identifier corresponds to the third file, and the fourth identifier corresponds to the fourth file stored in the sending end 1001.
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,用户选择第三文件的操作,即发送端1001在第三标 识上接收到的操作,可以被称为第五操作。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the operation of the user selecting the third file, that is, the operation received by the sending end 1001 on the third identifier, may be referred to as the fifth operation.
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,用于分享已选定文件的用户操作,可以被称为第六操作。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the user operation for sharing the selected file may be referred to as the sixth operation.
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,第四用户界面中的“hishare文件传输”选项604A可以被称为第三操作选项,第六操作可以是发送端1001在第三操作选项上接收到的操作。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the "hishare file transfer" option 604A in the fourth user interface may be referred to as the third operation option, and the sixth operation may be received by the sending end 1001 on the third operation option operating.
步骤3:发送端1001可以检测到作用于应用程序选项的用户操作,响应于该作用于应用程序选项的用户操作,显示第五用户界面,第五用户界面中包括有一个或多个联系人选项。Step 3: The sender 1001 can detect a user operation acting on an application option, and in response to the user operation acting on an application option, a fifth user interface is displayed, and the fifth user interface includes one or more contact options .
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,作用于应用程序选项的用户操作,可以被称为第七操作。该应用程序选项对应于第一应用程序。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the user operation acting on the application option may be referred to as the seventh operation. The application option corresponds to the first application.
第五用户界面可以是第一应用程序提供的用户界面。第一应用程序例如可以是即时通讯类应用、邮箱类应用等。第五用户界面可以参见图6D所示的用户界面62或图7B所示的用户界面71。The fifth user interface may be a user interface provided by the first application program. The first application program may be, for example, an instant messaging application, a mailbox application, and the like. The fifth user interface may refer to the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D or the user interface 71 shown in FIG. 7B.
步骤4:发送端1001可以在第五用户界面中检测到作用于联系人选项的用户操作,响应于该作用于联系人选项的用户操作,发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给该联系人选项对应的联系人的关联设备(即接收端1002)。发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002的过程不完全通过服务器1004。Step 4: The sending end 1001 can detect the user operation acting on the contact option in the fifth user interface, and in response to the user operation acting on the contact option, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file through "hishare" Give the associated device of the contact corresponding to the contact option (that is, the receiving end 1002). The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,作用于联系人选项的用户操作,可以被称为第八操作。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the user operation acting on the contact option may be referred to as the eighth operation.
在一些实施例中,发送端1001还可以响应于该作用于联系人选项的用户操作,显示第六用户界面。第六用户界面中包括:第一用户和第二用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录、提示信息,该提示信息用于指示该第三文件的传输状态。In some embodiments, the sending end 1001 may also display the sixth user interface in response to the user operation acting on the contact option. The sixth user interface includes: the communication records and prompt information of the first user and the second user in the first application, and the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the third file.
可以看出,在检测出用户在应用中分享文件的场景时,发送端1001可以通过“hishare”将文件发送至接收端1002。通过“hishare”传输文件给附近的其他设备的过程可以不依赖发送端1001和服务器之间的通信连接。这样发送端1001可以在应用中快速地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,优化用户的使用体验,还可以节省发送端1001消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载。并且,由于发送端1001在应用中传输文件给附近的其他设备即接收端1002的过程不依赖发送端1001和服务器1004之间的通信连接,发送端1001分享至接收端1002的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说,发送端1001可以分享较大的文件至接收端1002。It can be seen that when a scene in which a user shares a file in an application is detected, the sending end 1001 can send the file to the receiving end 1002 through “hishare”. The process of transferring files to other nearby devices through "hishare" can be independent of the communication connection between the sender 1001 and the server. In this way, the sender 1001 can quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimize the user experience, and can also save the cellular data traffic consumed by the sender 1001 and reduce the load of the server. Moreover, since the sending end 1001 transmits files in the application to other nearby devices, namely the receiving end 1002, the process does not rely on the communication connection between the sending end 1001 and the server 1004, and the size of the file shared by the sending end 1001 to the receiving end 1002 is not affected. Restriction, that is, the sending end 1001 can share larger files to the receiving end 1002.
下面,详细介绍场景二中的应用中传输文件的方法。In the following, the method of transferring files in the application in scenario two is introduced in detail.
图10C示出了场景二中的应用中传输文件的方法的流程。如图10C所示,该方法可包括:FIG. 10C shows the flow of the method for transferring files in the application in the second scenario. As shown in FIG. 10C, the method may include:
S1101-S1102:提前开启“hishare”。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1001-S1002。S1101-S1102: Turn on "hishare" in advance. For details, refer to S1001-S1002 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
S1103:电子设备显示第四用户界面,第四用户界面中显示有:发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件的标识。S1103: The electronic device displays a fourth user interface, and the fourth user interface displays: the identifier of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001.
第四用户界面可以是由第二应用程序提供的。第四用户界面用于展示发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件。第四用户界面中显示有发送端1001存储的一个或多个文件的标识。发 送端1001中存储的文件可包括但不限于:图片、音频、视频、文档、链接等等。文件的标识可以是该文件的缩略图、名称等等。The fourth user interface may be provided by the second application. The fourth user interface is used to display one or more files stored by the sending end 1001. The identification of one or more files stored by the sending end 1001 is displayed in the fourth user interface. The files stored in the sending terminal 1001 may include, but are not limited to: pictures, audios, videos, documents, links, and so on. The identification of the file can be the thumbnail, name, etc. of the file.
第四用户界面的可实现形式可参考图6A或图6B所示的用户界面61、图7D所示的用户界面73。文件的标识的可实现形式可参考图6A所示文件区域603中的文件的缩略图或名称。The achievable form of the fourth user interface can refer to the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6A or 6B and the user interface 73 shown in FIG. 7D. The achievable form of the identification of the file can refer to the thumbnail or the name of the file in the file area 603 shown in FIG. 6A.
S1104:发送端1001可以在第四用户界面中检测到用于分享已选定文件的操作。S1104: The sending end 1001 may detect an operation for sharing the selected file in the fourth user interface.
已选定的文件可以包括以下一项或多项:已选定的图片、已选定的文档、已选定的网页、已选定的音频、已选定的链接等等。The selected files can include one or more of the following: selected pictures, selected documents, selected web pages, selected audios, selected links, and so on.
用于分享已选定文件的操作的示例性实现方式可包括:作用于图6B所示用户界面61中的控件604A上的用户操作、作用于图7D所示用户界面73中的控件707A上的用户操作。An exemplary implementation of the operation for sharing the selected file may include: a user operation acting on the control 604A in the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6B, and a user operation acting on the control 707A in the user interface 73 shown in FIG. 7D. User operation.
发送端1001确定已选定的文件的方式,以及,用于分享已选定文件的操作,可以参考前述UI实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For the manner in which the sending end 1001 determines the selected file, and the operation for sharing the selected file, reference may be made to the relevant description in the aforementioned UI embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
S1105:响应于检测到的用于分享已选定文件的操作,发送端1001开启“hishare”。S1105是可选步骤,用户也可以提前触发发送端1001开启“hishare”,可以参考S1101-S1102。S1105: In response to the detected operation for sharing the selected file, the sender 1001 turns on "hishare". S1105 is an optional step, and the user can also trigger the sending end 1001 to enable "hishare" in advance, please refer to S1101-S1102.
S1106:响应于检测到的用于分享已选定文件的操作,发送端1001在第四用户界面中显示一个或多个应用程序选项。S1106: In response to the detected operation for sharing the selected file, the sending end 1001 displays one or more application options in the fourth user interface.
第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个应用程序选项对应的应用程序可以是发送端1001上安装的可用于分享文件的所有应用程序,也可以是发送端1001上安装的可用于分享文件的应用程序中有联系人关联的设备能够和发送端1001通过“hishare”传输文件的应用程序。The application corresponding to one or more application options displayed in the fourth user interface can be all applications installed on the sending end 1001 that can be used to share files, or can be installed on the sending end 1001 that can be used to share files In the program, the device associated with the contact can transfer files with the sender 1001 through "hishare" application.
第四用户界面中显示一个或多个应用程序选项的示例性实现方式可参考图6C或图7A所示窗口605中的应用程序选项。For an exemplary implementation of displaying one or more application options in the fourth user interface, refer to the application options in the window 605 shown in FIG. 6C or FIG. 7A.
S1107:发送端1001可以检测到作用于应用程序选项的操作,S1107: The sending end 1001 can detect the operation that acts on the application options,
S1108:发送端1001响应于该作用于应用程序选项的操作,显示第五用户界面,第五用户界面显示有一个或多个联系人选项。S1108: In response to the operation on the application options, the sending end 1001 displays a fifth user interface, and the fifth user interface displays one or more contact options.
第五用户界面可以是和应用选项对应的应用程序例如第一应用程序所提供的用户界面。第五用户界面的示例性实现形式可参考图6D所示的用户界面62或图7B所示的用户界面71。The fifth user interface may be an application program corresponding to the application option, for example, a user interface provided by the first application program. For an exemplary implementation form of the fifth user interface, refer to the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D or the user interface 71 shown in FIG. 7B.
第五用户界面中的一个或多个联系人选项可以包括发送端1001的关联用户在第一应用程序中的联系人中,关联设备能够和发送端101通过“hishare”传输文件的联系人分别对应的联系人选项,也可以包括发送端1001的关联用户在第一应用程序中的所有联系人分别对应的联系人选项,还可以是发送端1001的关联用户最近在第一应用程序中通信过的一个或多个联系人的选项。The one or more contact options in the fifth user interface may include the contacts of the associated user of the sender 1001 in the first application, and the associated device can correspond to the contacts of the sender 101 who transfer files through "hishare". The contact options may also include the contact options corresponding to all the contacts of the associated user of the sending end 1001 in the first application, or the associated user of the sending end 1001 communicated in the first application recently Options for one or more contacts.
S1109:发送端1001可以检测到作用于第五用户界面中的联系人选项的操作。S1109: The sending end 1001 can detect an operation acting on the contact option in the fifth user interface.
例如,发送端1001可以检测到作用于图6D所示用户界面62中的联系人“Kate”选项609B上的点击操作、触摸操作等等。For example, the sending end 1001 can detect a click operation, a touch operation, etc., on the contact "Kate" option 609B in the user interface 62 shown in FIG. 6D.
S1110:在“hishare”已开启的条件下,发送端1001可以发现附近的设备,如电子设备1001,电子设备1002,电子设备1003、电子设备1005…、电子设备100n。n是正整数。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1008。S1110: Under the condition that "hishare" is turned on, the sender 1001 can discover nearby devices, such as electronic device 1001, electronic device 1002, electronic device 1003, electronic device 1005..., electronic device 100n. n is a positive integer. For details, refer to S1008 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
本申请实施例不限定S1110和S1107的先后顺序,发送端1001可以同时执行S1107和S1110,也可以先执行S1107,还可以先执行S1110。The embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence of S1110 and S1107. The sending end 1001 can execute S1107 and S1110 at the same time, or execute S1107 first, or execute S1110 first.
S1111:发送端1001在发现的附近的设备中,确定检测到用户操作的联系人选项所对应的联系人关联的设备,即确定接收端1002。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1009。S1111: The sending end 1001 determines the device associated with the contact corresponding to the contact option operated by the user in the discovered nearby devices, that is, the receiving end 1002 is determined. For details, refer to S1009 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
S1112-S1116:响应于检测到的作用于第五用户界面中的联系人选项的操作,发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给该联系人选项对应的联系人的关联设备(即接收端1002)。发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002的过程不完全通过服务器1004。S1112-S1116: In response to the detected operation acting on the contact option in the fifth user interface, the sender 1001 sends the selected file to the associated device of the contact corresponding to the contact option through "hishare" ( That is, the receiving end 1002). The process of sending the selected file to the receiving end 1002 by the sending end 1001 through "hishare" does not completely pass through the server 1004.
S1112:发送端1001可以和接收端1002建立通信连接。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1011。S1112: The sending end 1001 can establish a communication connection with the receiving end 1002. For details, refer to S1011 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
S1113:发送端1001可以向接收端1002发送文件分享请求。该文件分享请求用于请求接收端1002接收发送端1001分享的文件。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1012。S1113: The sending end 1001 may send a file sharing request to the receiving end 1002. The file sharing request is used to request the receiving end 1002 to receive the file shared by the sending end 1001. For details, refer to S1012 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
S1114:发送端1001显示提示信息。S1114: The sending end 1001 displays a prompt message.
具体的,该提示信息可以提示发送端1001的关联用户当前文件的传输状态。此时,该提示信息用于提示发送端1001的关联用户当前文件的传输状态为第一传输状态。第一传输状态可以是指已选定的文件正在等待被接收端1002接收。Specifically, the prompt information may prompt the current file transmission status of the associated user of the sending end 1001. At this time, the prompt information is used to prompt the transmission state of the current file of the associated user of the sending end 1001 to be the first transmission state. The first transmission state may mean that the selected file is waiting to be received by the receiving end 1002.
该提示信息的示例性实现方式可参考图6F中的提示信息611。For an exemplary implementation of the prompt information, refer to the prompt information 611 in FIG. 6F.
S1115:在接收到发送端1001发送的文件分享请求后,接收端1002可以显示通知窗口。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1014。S1115: After receiving the file sharing request sent by the sending end 1001, the receiving end 1002 may display a notification window. For details, refer to S1014 in the method embodiment in FIG. 10B.
S1116:接收端1002在通知窗口中检测到用于接受发送端1001的文件分享请求的用户操作后,向发送端1001返回分享请求应答。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1015。S1116: After the receiving end 1002 detects a user operation for accepting the file sharing request of the sending end 1001 in the notification window, it returns a sharing request response to the sending end 1001. For details, refer to S1015 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
S1117:在接收到接收端1002返回的分享请求应答后,发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002。发送端1001通过“hishare”将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002的过程不完全通过服务器。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1016。S1117: After receiving the share request response returned by the receiving end 1002, the sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare". The sending end 1001 sends the selected file to the receiving end 1002 through "hishare" not completely through the server. For details, refer to S1016 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
S1118-S1120:反馈文件传输状态。具体可参考图10B方法实施例中的S1017-S1019。S1118-S1120: feedback the file transfer status. For details, refer to S1017-S1019 in the method embodiment of FIG. 10B.
在本申请实施例提供的场景二中,发送端1001显示的提示信息可以显示在第六用户界面中。该第六用户界面的示例性实现方式可参考图6E-图6H中任意一项所示的用户界面。In the second scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application, the prompt information displayed by the sending end 1001 may be displayed in the sixth user interface. For an exemplary implementation of the sixth user interface, reference may be made to the user interface shown in any one of FIGS. 6E to 6H.
在本申请实施例提供的应用中传输文件的方法中,发送端1001和接收端1002均预先绑定第三方接口ShareKit服务。该ShareKit服务用于支持设备运行应用中免流量传输文件的方法,例如,该ShareKit服务支持发送端1001通过AIDL调用函数(例如PreSend Send)将已选定的文件发送给接收端1002、通过AIDL调用函数(例如onTransStateChange)获取文件的传输状态、通过AIDL调用函数(例如OnDeviceFound)来确定接收端1002;还可支持接收端1002通过AIDL调用函数(例如OnProgress)获取文件的传输状态。In the method for transferring files in an application provided in the embodiment of the present application, the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002 are both pre-bound to the third-party interface ShareKit service. The ShareKit service is used to support the method of transferring files without traffic in the running application of the device. For example, the ShareKit service supports the sender 1001 to call the function (such as PreSend Send) to send the selected file to the receiver 1002 through AIDL. A function (for example, onTransStateChange) obtains the transmission status of the file, and determines the receiving end 1002 by calling a function (for example, OnDeviceFound) through AIDL; it can also support the receiving end 1002 to obtain the transmission status of the file through AIDL calling a function (for example, OnProgress).
也就是说,该ShareKit服务可以是预置在发送端1001及接收端1002中的系统功能。该ShareKit服务可以以安卓归档包(Android archive,aar)和安卓安装包(Android packet,APK)的形式开放。发送端或接收端上的第一应用程序可以调用aar接口,获取ShareKit服务。In other words, the ShareKit service may be a system function preset in the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002. The ShareKit service can be opened in the form of Android archive (aar) and Android installation package (Android packet, APK). The first application on the sending end or the receiving end can call the aar interface to obtain the ShareKit service.
参考图11,图11示出了在发送端1001以及接收端1002上提供ShareKit服务的架构。Referring to FIG. 11, FIG. 11 shows the architecture of providing ShareKit services on the sending end 1001 and the receiving end 1002.
如图11所示,该架构中可包括kit接口载体、交互机制和kit实现载体。其中:As shown in Figure 11, the architecture can include kit interface carriers, interaction mechanisms, and kit implementation carriers. among them:
kit接口载体可包括设备上安装的应用程序(例如第一应用程序)的aar和Java归档文件(Java archive,JAR)。The kit interface carrier may include an aar and a Java archive (Java archive, JAR) of an application (for example, the first application) installed on the device.
交互机制可包括AIDL机制、共享程序库(sharedlibrary)机制、软件开发工具包(software development kit,SDK)机制、共享特征(sharefeature)机制。The interaction mechanism may include an AIDL mechanism, a shared library (shared library) mechanism, a software development kit (software development kit, SDK) mechanism, and a shared feature (share feature) mechanism.
kit实现载体可以存储在ROM中。kit实现载体可包括:预置APK、预置程序库、各类系统服务及普通服务、sharedfeature等。The kit implementation carrier can be stored in ROM. The kit implementation carrier may include: preset APK, preset library, various system services and common services, shared feature, etc.
总的来说,本申请实施例提供的应用中传输文件的方法、电子设备及系统,可以使得用户可以通过电子设备上安装的应用,快速分享文件给附近的其他用户。该分享文件的过程不依赖于服务器。实施本申请实施例提供的技术方案,具有以下有益效果:电子设备可以在应用中快速、迅捷地将文件传输至周围的其他设备,优化用户的使用体验;无论在电子设备和服务器之间是否有通信连接、该通信连接是否良好,电子设备均可以分享文件至其他的设备,可以节省电子设备消耗的蜂窝数据流量,降低服务器的负载;电子设备分享的文件的大小不受限制,也就是说电子设备可以分享较大的文件至周围的其他设备。In general, the method, electronic device, and system for transferring files in applications provided by the embodiments of the present application can enable users to quickly share files with other users nearby through applications installed on the electronic device. The process of sharing files does not depend on the server. The implementation of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application has the following beneficial effects: the electronic device can quickly and quickly transfer files to other surrounding devices in the application, optimizing the user experience; regardless of whether there is a connection between the electronic device and the server The communication connection, whether the communication connection is good, the electronic device can share files to other devices, which can save the cellular data traffic consumed by the electronic device and reduce the load of the server; the size of the file shared by the electronic device is not limited, which means that the electronic device The device can share larger files to other surrounding devices.
本申请的各实施方式可以任意进行组合,以实现不同的技术效果。The various embodiments of the present application can be combined arbitrarily to achieve different technical effects.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk)等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the procedures or functions described in this application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk).
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the process in the above-mentioned embodiment method can be realized. The process can be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware. The program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. , May include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments. The aforementioned storage media include: ROM or random storage RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes.
总之,以上所述仅为本发明技术方案的实施例而已,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。凡根据本发明的揭露,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。In short, the above descriptions are only examples of the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not used to limit the protection scope of the present invention. Any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made according to the disclosure of the present invention shall be included in the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种应用中传输文件的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transferring files in an application, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一设备显示第一用户界面,所述第一用户界面中包括:第一用户和第二用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录、第一操作选项;The first device displays a first user interface, and the first user interface includes: a communication record of the first user and the second user in the first application, and a first operation option;
    响应于在所述第一操作选项上接收到的第一操作,所述第一设备显示第二用户界面,所述第二用户界面中包括第一标识和第二标识,所述第一标识对应于在所述第一设备中存储的第一文件,所述第二标识对应于在所述第一设备中存储的第二文件;In response to the first operation received on the first operation option, the first device displays a second user interface. The second user interface includes a first identifier and a second identifier, and the first identifier corresponds to For the first file stored in the first device, the second identifier corresponds to the second file stored in the first device;
    所述第一设备接收对所述第一标识的第二操作,选择所述第一文件;The first device receives the second operation on the first identifier, and selects the first file;
    响应于对所述第一文件进行分享的第三操作,所述第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备;In response to the third operation of sharing the first file, the first device sends the first file to the second device through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device;
    其中,所述第一用户在所述第一设备上登录所述第一应用程序,所述第二用户在所述第二设备上登录所述第一应用程序。Wherein, the first user logs in the first application program on the first device, and the second user logs in the first application program on the second device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备显示第一用户界面之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after the first device displays the first user interface, the method further comprises:
    所述第一设备通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备;The first device discovers one or more devices via Bluetooth;
    所述第一设备在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备。The first device determines the second device among the one or more discovered devices.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述第一操作,所述第一设备通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备;In response to the first operation, the first device discovers one or more devices via Bluetooth;
    所述第一设备在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备。The first device determines the second device among the one or more discovered devices.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein:
    所述第一设备通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备,具体包括:所述第一设备接收到一个或多个设备发送的蓝牙广播包,所述蓝牙广播包中包括用户标识,所述用户标识对应的用户在所述设备上登录所述第一应用程序;The discovery of one or more devices by the first device via Bluetooth specifically includes: the first device receives a Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by one or more devices, the Bluetooth broadcast packet includes a user identification, and the user identification corresponds to The user of logs in the first application on the device;
    所述第一设备在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备,具体包括:所述第一设备将所述一个或多个设备中,发送第一标识的设备确定为所述第二设备;所述第一标识为所述第二用户的用户标识。The first device to determine the second device among the discovered one or more devices specifically includes: the first device determines, among the one or more devices, the device that sends the first identifier as the The second device; the first identifier is the user identifier of the second user.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备之后,所述第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein after the first device determines the second device among the one or more discovered devices, the first device passes and Before the Wi-Fi direct communication connection between the two devices sends the first file to the second device, the method further includes:
    所述第一设备执行和所述第二设备之间的建立所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。The first device executes the process of establishing the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备执行和所述第二设备之间的建立所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein before the first device executes the process of establishing the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, the method further comprises:
    所述第一设备执行和所述第二设备之间的建立蓝牙通信连接的过程;The first device executes a process of establishing a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device;
    所述第一设备通过建立的所述蓝牙通信连接将服务集标识SSID和密码发送给所述第二设备;所述SSID和所述密码用于所述第二设备执行和所述第一设备之间的建立所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。The first device sends a service set identification SSID and a password to the second device through the established Bluetooth communication connection; the SSID and the password are used by the second device to execute and communicate with the first device The process of establishing the Wi-Fi direct communication connection between the two.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first device sends the first file to the second device through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device. After the equipment, the method further includes:
    所述第一设备显示第三用户界面,所述第三用户界面中包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第一文件的传输状态。The first device displays a third user interface, and the third user interface includes prompt information, and the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the first file.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein:
    所述第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之前,所述方法还包括:所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送文件分享请求;Before the first device sends the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, the method further includes: the first device sends the first file to the second device 2. The device sends a file sharing request;
    所述第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备,具体包括:所述第一设备在接收到所述第二设备响应于所述文件分享请求发送的分享请求应答的情况下,通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备。The sending of the first file to the second device by the first device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device specifically includes: when the first device receives the second device In the case of a response to the sharing request sent in response to the file sharing request, the first file is sent to the second device through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送文件分享请求,具体包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the sending of a file sharing request by the first device to the second device specifically comprises:
    所述第一设备向服务器发送文件分享请求,以使得所述服务器将所述文件分享请求发送给所述第二设备;其中,所述服务器为所述第一应用程序提供服务。The first device sends a file sharing request to a server, so that the server sends the file sharing request to the second device; wherein, the server provides a service for the first application.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first device sends the first file to the second device through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device. Before the device, the method further includes:
    所述第一设备检测到用于开启第一通信服务和第二通信服务的第四操作;The first device detects a fourth operation for starting the first communication service and the second communication service;
    响应于所述第四操作,所述第一设备开启所述第一通信服务和第二通信服务;所述第一通信服务用于所述第一设备通过蓝牙发现并确定所述第二设备,所述第二通信服务用于所述第一设备通过所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备。In response to the fourth operation, the first device enables the first communication service and the second communication service; the first communication service is used by the first device to discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth, The second communication service is used by the first device to send the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
  11. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备包括:显示屏、存储器、一个或多个处理器;所述显示屏、所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device comprises: a display screen, a memory, one or more processors; the display screen, the memory and the one or more processors are coupled, and the memory is used for In storing computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    在所述显示屏上显示第一用户界面,所述第一用户界面中包括:第一用户和第二用户在第一应用程序中的通信记录、第一操作选项;Displaying a first user interface on the display screen, the first user interface including: a communication record of the first user and the second user in the first application, and a first operation option;
    响应于在所述第一操作选项上接收到的第一操作,在所述显示屏上显示第二用户界面,所述第二用户界面中包括第一标识和第二标识,所述第一标识对应于在所述电子设备中存 储的第一文件,所述第二标识对应于在所述电子设备中存储的第二文件;In response to the first operation received on the first operation option, a second user interface is displayed on the display screen, the second user interface including a first identifier and a second identifier, the first identifier Corresponding to the first file stored in the electronic device, and the second identifier corresponds to the second file stored in the electronic device;
    接收对所述第一标识的第二操作,选择所述第一文件;Receiving a second operation on the first identifier, and selecting the first file;
    响应于对所述第一文件进行分享的第三操作,通过和第二设备之间的Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备;In response to the third operation of sharing the first file, sending the first file to the second device through a Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device;
    其中,所述第一用户在所述电子设备上登录所述第一应用程序,所述第二用户在所述第二设备上登录所述第一应用程序。Wherein, the first user logs in the first application on the electronic device, and the second user logs in the first application on the second device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instruction to cause the electronic device to execute:
    在所述显示屏上显示所述第一用户界面之后,通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备;After displaying the first user interface on the display screen, discover one or more devices via Bluetooth;
    在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备。The second device is determined among the one or more discovered devices.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instruction to cause the electronic device to execute:
    响应于所述第一操作,通过蓝牙发现一个或多个设备;In response to the first operation, discover one or more devices via Bluetooth;
    在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备。The second device is determined among the one or more discovered devices.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器具体用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the one or more processors are specifically configured to invoke the computer instruction to cause the electronic device to execute:
    接收到一个或多个设备发送的蓝牙广播包,所述蓝牙广播包中包括用户标识,所述用户标识对应的用户在所述设备上登录所述第一应用程序;Receiving a Bluetooth broadcast packet sent by one or more devices, the Bluetooth broadcast packet including a user identification, and a user corresponding to the user identification logs in the first application on the device;
    将所述一个或多个设备中,发送第一标识的设备确定为所述第二设备;所述第一标识为所述第二用户的用户标识。Among the one or more devices, the device that sends the first identification is determined to be the second device; the first identification is the user identification of the second user.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    在发现的所述一个或多个设备中确定所述第二设备之后,在通过和所述第二设备之间的所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之前,执行和所述第二设备之间的建立所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。After the second device is determined among the one or more devices discovered, the first file is sent to the first file through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device Before the second device, perform the process of establishing the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 15, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    执行和所述第二设备之间的建立所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程之前,执行和所述第二设备之间的建立蓝牙通信连接的过程;Before performing the process of establishing the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, perform the process of establishing a Bluetooth communication connection with the second device;
    通过建立的所述蓝牙通信连接将服务集标识SSID和密码发送给所述第二设备;所述SSID和所述密码用于所述第二设备执行和所述电子设备之间的建立所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接的过程。The service set identification SSID and password are sent to the second device through the established Bluetooth communication connection; the SSID and the password are used by the second device to perform the establishment of the Wi -Fi direct communication connection process.
  17. 根据权利要求11-16任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-16, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    通过和所述第二设备之间的所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之后,在所述显示屏上显示第三用户界面,所述第三用户界面中包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第一文件的传输状态。After the first file is sent to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, a third user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the third user interface is displayed on the display screen. The user interface includes prompt information, and the prompt information is used to indicate the transmission status of the first file.
  18. 根据权利要求11-17任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-17, wherein:
    所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:通过和所述第二设备之间的所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之前,向所述第二设备发送文件分享请求;The one or more processors are further configured to call the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute: send the first file through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device Send a file sharing request to the second device before sending it to the second device;
    所述一个或多个处理器具体用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:在接收到所述第二设备响应于所述文件分享请求发送的分享请求应答的情况下,通过和所述第二设备之间的所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备。The one or more processors are specifically configured to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute: in the case of receiving a sharing request response sent by the second device in response to the file sharing request, pass and The Wi-Fi direct communication connection between the second devices sends the first file to the second device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器具体用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 18, wherein the one or more processors are specifically configured to invoke the computer instruction to cause the electronic device to execute:
    向服务器发送文件分享请求,以使得所述服务器将所述文件分享请求发送给所述第二设备;其中,所述服务器为所述第一应用程序提供服务。Send a file sharing request to a server, so that the server sends the file sharing request to the second device; wherein, the server provides a service for the first application.
  20. 根据权利要求11-19任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-19, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to call the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    通过和所述第二设备之间的所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备之前,检测到用于开启第一通信服务和第二通信服务的第四操作;Before sending the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection with the second device, the first file used to start the first communication service and the second communication service is detected Four operations;
    响应于所述第四操作,开启所述第一通信服务和第二通信服务;所述第一通信服务用于所述电子设备通过蓝牙发现并确定所述第二设备,所述第二通信服务用于所述电子设备通过所述Wi-Fi直连通信连接将所述第一文件发送给所述第二设备。In response to the fourth operation, start the first communication service and the second communication service; the first communication service is used by the electronic device to discover and determine the second device via Bluetooth, the second communication service Used for the electronic device to send the first file to the second device through the Wi-Fi direct communication connection.
  21. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, characterized in that, when the instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10.
PCT/CN2020/131219 2019-12-31 2020-11-24 Method for transmitting file in application, and electronic device and system WO2021135734A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911419935.2 2019-12-31
CN201911419935.2A CN113068156A (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Method, electronic equipment and system for transmitting file in application

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021135734A1 true WO2021135734A1 (en) 2021-07-08

Family

ID=74232820

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/131219 WO2021135734A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2020-11-24 Method for transmitting file in application, and electronic device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN113068156A (en)
WO (1) WO2021135734A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113542773A (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-10-22 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Multimedia resource sharing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114844974B (en) * 2021-01-31 2023-08-22 华为技术有限公司 Method for sharing address book, mobile device, electronic device and communication system
CN113300938B (en) * 2021-04-02 2023-02-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Message sending method and device and electronic equipment
CN115378930A (en) * 2021-05-17 2022-11-22 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 File distribution method and device

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140258707A1 (en) * 2012-01-23 2014-09-11 Douglas Denny Secure communications system for direct transfer between mobile device
US8954394B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2015-02-10 Nextbit Systems Inc. Using mobile devices of a user as an edge cache to stream video files
US20160050551A1 (en) * 2014-08-15 2016-02-18 Emily Qi Methods, systems, and devices for enabling multiple radio assited discovery
CN106375479A (en) * 2016-10-26 2017-02-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data sharing method and device
CN106550488A (en) * 2016-10-21 2017-03-29 乐视控股(北京)有限公司 The sharing method of multimedia file, the terminal for sharing file and electronic equipment
CN109309967A (en) * 2018-12-11 2019-02-05 连尚(新昌)网络科技有限公司 Transmit method, equipment and the computer readable storage medium of file
CN110177345A (en) * 2019-05-31 2019-08-27 东北大学 A kind of file transmission, chat system and method for no cellular network signals region

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103401898A (en) * 2013-07-15 2013-11-20 上海鼎为通讯电子有限公司 Method for transmitting data between mobile terminals and mobile terminals

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140258707A1 (en) * 2012-01-23 2014-09-11 Douglas Denny Secure communications system for direct transfer between mobile device
US8954394B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2015-02-10 Nextbit Systems Inc. Using mobile devices of a user as an edge cache to stream video files
US20160050551A1 (en) * 2014-08-15 2016-02-18 Emily Qi Methods, systems, and devices for enabling multiple radio assited discovery
CN106550488A (en) * 2016-10-21 2017-03-29 乐视控股(北京)有限公司 The sharing method of multimedia file, the terminal for sharing file and electronic equipment
CN106375479A (en) * 2016-10-26 2017-02-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data sharing method and device
CN109309967A (en) * 2018-12-11 2019-02-05 连尚(新昌)网络科技有限公司 Transmit method, equipment and the computer readable storage medium of file
CN110177345A (en) * 2019-05-31 2019-08-27 东北大学 A kind of file transmission, chat system and method for no cellular network signals region

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113542773A (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-10-22 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Multimedia resource sharing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112261624B (en) 2022-01-11
CN113068156A (en) 2021-07-02
CN112261624A (en) 2021-01-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021013158A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
WO2021052147A1 (en) Data transmission method and related devices
JP7385008B2 (en) Screen capture method and related devices
WO2021135734A1 (en) Method for transmitting file in application, and electronic device and system
US11861247B2 (en) Data sharing method, graphical user interface, electronic device, and system
KR102481065B1 (en) Application function implementation method and electronic device
JP2022523989A (en) How to display UI components and electronic devices
WO2021000839A1 (en) Screen splitting method and electronic device
WO2020155014A1 (en) Smart home device sharing system and method, and electronic device
EP4221388A1 (en) Wifi p2p connection method, electronic device, program product and medium
WO2022017393A1 (en) Display interaction system, display method, and device
WO2022127661A1 (en) Application sharing method, and electronic device and storage medium
CN112130788A (en) Content sharing method and device
WO2022042326A1 (en) Display control method and related apparatus
JP7234379B2 (en) Methods and associated devices for accessing networks by smart home devices
WO2022028537A1 (en) Device recognition method and related apparatus
WO2023151377A1 (en) File sharing method and terminal device
WO2022156535A1 (en) Distributed application processing method and apparatus
WO2022063159A1 (en) File transmission method and related device
WO2021143650A1 (en) Method for sharing data and electronic device
JP2023534182A (en) File opening methods and devices
JP2022542797A (en) Information transmission method and electronic device
WO2023029983A1 (en) Control content dragging method and system, and electronic device
JP7319431B2 (en) Application function implementation method and electronic device
CN114007202A (en) Method for establishing binding relationship and related equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20908714

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20908714

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1